Flashcard
Vocabulary follows the HSK 3.0 syllabus (2021)

Chinese Mandarin - HSK LearningMore examples coming soon

Updated HSK vocabulary. Featuring grammar hints, examples, and audio. Learn and review Chinese Mandarin word syllabus for HSK exams.
Flashcard mode Hanzi Writing Conversation mode
Filter by Level: HSK 1 HSK 2 HSK 3 HSK 4 HSK 5 HSK 6 7578 examples and 5159 words total
Click on any button above to select — or combine them per your need.
Jump to chapter

1. Pronouns (代词 - dàicí)

✏️ Usage: Pronoun + 的 + Noun

💡 Grammar Tip: Personal, Demonstrative, & Interrogative Pronouns

Plurality Marker: Affix 们 (men) to singular personal pronouns to construct plurals (e.g., 我们 (wǒmen) - we/us). *Crucial Rule:* Never apply 们 (men) to non-human elements unless executing formal poetic personification.

Possessive Linker: Append 的 (de) to pronouns to declare possession (e.g., 我的书 (wǒ de shū) - my book). You must drop 的 (de) when expressing close family relations, trusted associates, or institutional identity (e.g., 我妈妈 (wǒ māma) - my mother; 我们公司 (wǒmen gōngsī) - our company).

Demonstratives & Classifiers: When pointing to items using 这 (zhè/zhèi) or 那 (nà/nèi), you must include a proper classifier before the noun (e.g., 这个人 (zhège rén) - this person, 那本书 (nà běn shū) - that book).

No. Level Listen Chinese Pinyin English Example Examples
1HSK 1I; me
我是学生。(Wǒ shì xuéshēng.) — I'm a student.
我很好。(Wǒ hěn hǎo.) — I'm fine.
我叫小明。(Wǒ jiào Xiǎomíng.) — My name is Xiaoming.
我不知道。(Wǒ bù zhīdào.) — I don't know.
这是我的书。(Zhè shì wǒ de shū.) — This is my book.
我想喝水。(Wǒ xiǎng hē shuǐ.) — I want to drink water.
2HSK 1我们wǒmen we; us
我们是同学。(Wǒmen shì tóngxué.) — We're classmates.
我们一起去。(Wǒmen yìqǐ qù.) — Let's go together.
我们在学校。(Wǒmen zài xuéxiào.) — We're at school.
我们的老师很好。(Wǒmen de lǎoshī hěn hǎo.) — Our teacher is nice.
我们回家吧。(Wǒmen huí jiā ba.) — Let's go home.
我们都喜欢他。(Wǒmen dōu xǐhuan tā.) — We all like him.
3HSK 1you (singular)
你好!(Nǐ hǎo!) — Hello!
你叫什么名字?(Nǐ jiào shénme míngzi?) — What's your name?
你是老师吗?(Nǐ shì lǎoshī ma?) — Are you a teacher?
你去哪儿?(Nǐ qù nǎr?) — Where are you going?
这是你的吗?(Zhè shì nǐ de ma?) — Is this yours?
你想吃什么?(Nǐ xiǎng chī shénme?) — What do you want to eat?
4HSK 1你们nǐmen you (plural)
你们好!(Nǐmen hǎo!) — Hello, everyone!
你们是学生吗?(Nǐmen shì xuéshēng ma?) — Are you students?
你们去哪儿?(Nǐmen qù nǎr?) — Where are you all going?
你们的老师是谁?(Nǐmen de lǎoshī shì shéi?) — Who is your teacher?
你们一起来吧。(Nǐmen yìqǐ lái ba.) — Come along together.
你们都认识他。(Nǐmen dōu rènshi tā.) — You all know him.
5HSK 1nín you (polite)
您好!(Nín hǎo!) — Hello. (polite)
您请坐。(Nín qǐng zuò.) — Please have a seat.
您是老师吗?(Nín shì lǎoshī ma?) — Are you a teacher?
您要喝茶吗?(Nín yào hē chá ma?) — Would you like some tea?
谢谢您。(Xièxie nín.) — Thank you.
您叫什么名字?(Nín jiào shénme míngzi?) — May I ask your name?
6HSK 1he; him
他是我朋友。(Tā shì wǒ péngyou.) — He's my friend.
他在家。(Tā zài jiā.) — He's at home.
他不来。(Tā bù lái.) — He isn't coming.
他很高兴。(Tā hěn gāoxìng.) — He's very happy.
他的书在这儿。(Tā de shū zài zhèr.) — His book is here.
他会说汉语。(Tā huì shuō Hànyǔ.) — He can speak Chinese.
7HSK 1他们tāmen they; them (male/mixed)
他们是学生。(Tāmen shì xuéshēng.) — They're students.
他们去学校了。(Tāmen qù xuéxiào le.) — They went to school.
他们都很忙。(Tāmen dōu hěn máng.) — They're all busy.
他们在看电视。(Tāmen zài kàn diànshì.) — They're watching TV.
他们的家很大。(Tāmen de jiā hěn dà.) — Their home is big.
他们不认识我。(Tāmen bú rènshi wǒ.) — They don't know me.
8HSK 1she; her
她是我姐姐。(Tā shì wǒ jiějie.) — She's my older sister.
她很漂亮。(Tā hěn piàoliang.) — She's pretty.
她在读书。(Tā zài dúshū.) — She's reading.
她不在家。(Tā bú zài jiā.) — She isn't home.
她的名字很好听。(Tā de míngzi hěn hǎotīng.) — Her name sounds lovely.
她喜欢喝茶。(Tā xǐhuan hē chá.) — She likes drinking tea.
9HSK 1她们tāmen they; them (female)
她们是同学。(Tāmen shì tóngxué.) — They're classmates.
她们都很忙。(Tāmen dōu hěn máng.) — They're all busy.
她们在说话。(Tāmen zài shuōhuà.) — They're talking.
她们去商店了。(Tāmen qù shāngdiàn le.) — They went to the shop.
她们的老师很好。(Tāmen de lǎoshī hěn hǎo.) — Their teacher is nice.
她们喜欢唱歌。(Tāmen xǐhuan chànggē.) — They like singing.
12HSK 1zhè (zhèi) this
这是我的书。(Zhè shì wǒ de shū.) — This is my book.
这是什么?(Zhè shì shénme?) — What's this?
这很好。(Zhè hěn hǎo.) — This is good.
这不是我的。(Zhè bú shì wǒ de.) — This isn't mine.
这个人是谁?(Zhège rén shì shéi?) — Who is this person?
这本书很贵。(Zhè běn shū hěn guì.) — This book is expensive.
13HSK 1这儿zhèr here
我在这儿。(Wǒ zài zhèr.) — I'm here.
请到这儿来。(Qǐng dào zhèr lái.) — Please come here.
这儿有人吗?(Zhèr yǒu rén ma?) — Is anyone here?
这儿很干净。(Zhèr hěn gānjìng.) — It's clean here.
你的书在这儿。(Nǐ de shū zài zhèr.) — Your book is here.
这儿不远。(Zhèr bù yuǎn.) — It isn't far from here.
14HSK 1nà (nèi) that
那是什么?(Nà shì shénme?) — What's that?
那是他的车。(Nà shì tā de chē.) — That's his car.
那不是我的。(Nà bú shì wǒ de.) — That isn't mine.
那本书很好。(Nà běn shū hěn hǎo.) — That book is good.
那个人是老师。(Nàge rén shì lǎoshī.) — That person is a teacher.
那很贵。(Nà hěn guì.) — That's expensive.
15HSK 1那儿nàr there
他在那儿。(Tā zài nàr.) — He's over there.
我去那儿。(Wǒ qù nàr.) — I'm going there.
那儿有商店。(Nàr yǒu shāngdiàn.) — There's a shop over there.
那儿很远。(Nàr hěn yuǎn.) — It's far over there.
书在那儿。(Shū zài nàr.) — The book is over there.
那儿人很多。(Nàr rén hěn duō.) — There are lots of people there.
16HSK 1nǎ (něi) which
你是哪国人?(Nǐ shì nǎ guó rén?) — What country are you from?
哪个是你的?(Nǎge shì nǐ de?) — Which one is yours?
你要哪本书?(Nǐ yào nǎ běn shū?) — Which book do you want?
哪天有时间?(Nǎ tiān yǒu shíjiān?) — Which day are you free?
哪个好?(Nǎge hǎo?) — Which one is better?
他是哪班的?(Tā shì nǎ bān de?) — Which class is he in?
17HSK 1哪儿nǎr where
你去哪儿?(Nǐ qù nǎr?) — Where are you going?
他在哪儿?(Tā zài nǎr?) — Where is he?
洗手间在哪儿?(Xǐshǒujiān zài nǎr?) — Where is the toilet?
你住在哪儿?(Nǐ zhù zài nǎr?) — Where do you live?
车站在哪儿?(Chēzhàn zài nǎr?) — Where's the bus stop?
我们去哪儿吃饭?(Wǒmen qù nǎr chīfàn?) — Where shall we eat?
18HSK 1shéi (shuí) who; whom
他是谁?(Tā shì shéi?) — Who is he?
谁在门口?(Shéi zài ménkǒu?) — Who's at the door?
这是谁的书?(Zhè shì shéi de shū?) — Whose book is this?
谁想去?(Shéi xiǎng qù?) — Who wants to go?
你找谁?(Nǐ zhǎo shéi?) — Who are you looking for?
谁会说汉语?(Shéi huì shuō Hànyǔ?) — Who can speak Chinese?
19HSK 1什么shénme what
这是什么?(Zhè shì shénme?) — What's this?
你叫什么名字?(Nǐ jiào shénme míngzi?) — What's your name?
你想吃什么?(Nǐ xiǎng chī shénme?) — What do you want to eat?
今天是什么日子?(Jīntiān shì shénme rìzi?) — What day is it today?
他说什么?(Tā shuō shénme?) — What did he say?
没什么。(Méi shénme.) — It's nothing.
20HSK 1多少duōshǎo how much; how many
这个多少钱?(Zhège duōshǎo qián?) — How much is this?
你们班有多少人?(Nǐmen bān yǒu duōshǎo rén?) — How many people are in your class?
多少本书?(Duōshǎo běn shū?) — How many books?
你要多少?(Nǐ yào duōshǎo?) — How many do you want?
一共多少钱?(Yígòng duōshǎo qián?) — How much altogether?
这里有多少人?(Zhèlǐ yǒu duōshǎo rén?) — How many people are here?
21HSK 1how many; a few (usually < 10)
现在几点?(Xiànzài jǐ diǎn?) — What time is it?
你有几本书?(Nǐ yǒu jǐ běn shū?) — How many books do you have?
今天几号?(Jīntiān jǐ hào?) — What's the date today?
他几岁了?(Tā jǐ suì le?) — How old is he?
我买了几个。(Wǒ mǎile jǐ gè.) — I bought a few.
星期几?(Xīngqī jǐ?) — What day of the week?
23HSK 1别人biéren other people; others
别人都走了。(Biérén dōu zǒu le.) — Everyone else has left.
别问别人。(Bié wèn biérén.) — Don't ask other people.
这是别人的书。(Zhè shì biérén de shū.) — This is someone else's book.
别人也喜欢。(Biérén yě xǐhuan.) — Other people like it too.
帮帮别人吧。(Bāngbang biérén ba.) — Help others out.
别人不知道。(Biérén bù zhīdào.) — Other people don't know.
25HSK 1别的biéde other; else
还有别的吗?(Hái yǒu bié de ma?) — Is there anything else?
我想看别的。(Wǒ xiǎng kàn bié de.) — I'd like to see another one.
别的都很贵。(Bié de dōu hěn guì.) — The others are all expensive.
没有别的事。(Méiyǒu bié de shì.) — There's nothing else.
别的人都走了。(Bié de rén dōu zǒu le.) — The others have all left.
换别的吧。(Huàn bié de ba.) — Let's take a different one.
26HSK 1干什么gànshénme what are (you) doing; why
你在干什么?(Nǐ zài gàn shénme?) — What are you doing?
他去干什么?(Tā qù gàn shénme?) — What's he going to do?
你们干什么呢?(Nǐmen gàn shénme ne?) — What are you all up to?
干什么这么忙?(Gàn shénme zhème máng?) — Why so busy?
我不知道干什么。(Wǒ bù zhīdào gàn shénme.) — I don't know what to do.
现在干什么好?(Xiànzài gàn shénme hǎo?) — What should we do now?
27HSK 1哪里nǎlǐ where
你去哪里?(Nǐ qù nǎlǐ?) — Where are you going?
他住在哪里?(Tā zhù zài nǎlǐ?) — Where does he live?
书在哪里?(Shū zài nǎlǐ?) — Where's the book?
医院在哪里?(Yīyuàn zài nǎlǐ?) — Where's the hospital?
哪里都可以。(Nǎlǐ dōu kěyǐ.) — Anywhere is fine.
你是哪里人?(Nǐ shì nǎlǐ rén?) — Where are you from?
28HSK 1哪些nǎxiē which (plural)
哪些是你的?(Nǎxiē shì nǐ de?) — Which ones are yours?
你想买哪些?(Nǐ xiǎng mǎi nǎxiē?) — Which ones do you want to buy?
哪些人来了?(Nǎxiē rén lái le?) — Which people came?
哪些书要看?(Nǎxiē shū yào kàn?) — Which books do you need to read?
这些还是哪些?(Zhèxiē háishì nǎxiē?) — These ones or which ones?
哪些字不认识?(Nǎxiē zì bú rènshi?) — Which characters don't you know?
29HSK 1那里nàlǐ there
他在那里。(Tā zài nàlǐ.) — He's over there.
我们去那里吧。(Wǒmen qù nàlǐ ba.) — Let's go over there.
那里很远。(Nàlǐ hěn yuǎn.) — It's far over there.
那里有一个商店。(Nàlǐ yǒu yí gè shāngdiàn.) — There's a shop over there.
书放在那里。(Shū fàng zài nàlǐ.) — The book is over there.
那里的东西很贵。(Nàlǐ de dōngxi hěn guì.) — Things are expensive there.
30HSK 1那些nàxiē those
那些是我的书。(Nàxiē shì wǒ de shū.) — Those are my books.
那些人是谁?(Nàxiē rén shì shéi?) — Who are those people?
那些菜很好吃。(Nàxiē cài hěn hǎochī.) — Those dishes are tasty.
那些都很贵。(Nàxiē dōu hěn guì.) — Those are all expensive.
我不要那些。(Wǒ bú yào nàxiē.) — I don't want those.
那些字很难。(Nàxiē zì hěn nán.) — Those characters are hard.
31HSK 1有的yǒude some (of them)
有的人喜欢茶。(Yǒude rén xǐhuan chá.) — Some people like tea.
有的很贵。(Yǒude hěn guì.) — Some are expensive.
有的字很难。(Yǒude zì hěn nán.) — Some characters are hard.
有的人来了。(Yǒude rén lái le.) — Some people came.
有的好,有的不好。(Yǒude hǎo, yǒude bù hǎo.) — Some are good, some aren't.
有的书我看过。(Yǒude shū wǒ kànguò.) — I've read some of the books.
32HSK 1有些yǒuxiē some
有些人不知道。(Yǒuxiē rén bù zhīdào.) — Some people don't know.
有些菜很好吃。(Yǒuxiē cài hěn hǎochī.) — Some dishes are tasty.
我有些累。(Wǒ yǒuxiē lèi.) — I'm a bit tired.
有些字我不认识。(Yǒuxiē zì wǒ bú rènshi.) — There are characters I don't know.
有些东西很贵。(Yǒuxiē dōngxi hěn guì.) — Some things are expensive.
有些人已经走了。(Yǒuxiē rén yǐjīng zǒu le.) — Some people have already left.
33HSK 1怎么zěnme how; why
这个怎么用?(Zhège zěnme yòng?) — How do you use this?
怎么去学校?(Zěnme qù xuéxiào?) — How do I get to school?
这个字怎么写?(Zhège zì zěnme xiě?) — How do you write this character?
你怎么了?(Nǐ zěnme le?) — What's wrong?
怎么这么贵?(Zěnme zhème guì?) — Why is it so expensive?
他怎么不来?(Tā zěnme bù lái?) — How come he isn't coming?
34HSK 1这里zhèlǐ here
我在这里。(Wǒ zài zhèlǐ.) — I'm here.
这里有人吗?(Zhèlǐ yǒu rén ma?) — Is anyone here?
这里很干净。(Zhèlǐ hěn gānjìng.) — It's clean here.
请坐在这里。(Qǐng zuò zài zhèlǐ.) — Please sit here.
这里的菜很好吃。(Zhèlǐ de cài hěn hǎochī.) — The food here is tasty.
这里离学校很近。(Zhèlǐ lí xuéxiào hěn jìn.) — It's close to school here.
35HSK 1这些zhèxiē these
这些是我的书。(Zhèxiē shì wǒ de shū.) — These are my books.
这些人是学生。(Zhèxiē rén shì xuéshēng.) — These people are students.
这些菜很好吃。(Zhèxiē cài hěn hǎochī.) — These dishes are tasty.
这些都很贵。(Zhèxiē dōu hěn guì.) — These are all expensive.
这些字我认识。(Zhèxiē zì wǒ rènshi.) — I know these characters.
这些书是新的。(Zhèxiē shū shì xīn de.) — These books are new.

2. Numerals (数词 - shùcí)

✏️ Usage: Number + 零 + Number

💡 Grammar Tip: Sequential Values, Big Figures & Mathematical Nuance

Compound Numbers: Numbers above 10 combine elements cleanly (e.g., 25 is written as 二十五 (èrshíwǔ)). For segments spanning internal empty digits, you must place the character 零 (líng) as a placeholder (e.g., 105 is written 一百零五 (yìbǎi líng wǔ)).

Distinguishing 二 (èr) and 两 (liǎng): Utilize 二 (èr) for direct mathematics, listing figures, sequential ranks, or saying decimals/fractions. Adopt 两 (liǎng) exclusively before active classifiers representing spatial quantities (e.g., 两个碗 (liǎng gè wǎn) - two bowls; 两百 (liǎng bǎi) - two hundred).

Ordinals: Introduce ordinal sequences by preposing 第 (dì) directly to your base numerical sequence (e.g., 第一名 (dì yī míng) - first place).

No. Level Listen Chinese Pinyin English Example Examples
46HSK 1líng zero
零下很冷。(Líng xià hěn lěng.) — Below zero is very cold.
一零一号房间。(Yī líng yī hào fángjiān.) — Room 101.
我的电话是零八七。(Wǒ de diànhuà shì líng bā qī.) — My number starts zero eight seven.
零加一是一。(Líng jiā yī shì yī.) — Zero plus one is one.
现在是零点。(Xiànzài shì líng diǎn.) — It's midnight now.
写一个零。(Xiě yí gè líng.) — Write a zero.
47HSK 1one
我有一个哥哥。(Wǒ yǒu yí gè gēge.) — I have one older brother.
一本书。(Yì běn shū.) — One book.
一天很快。(Yì tiān hěn kuài.) — A day goes fast.
我买一个。(Wǒ mǎi yí gè.) — I'll buy one.
一点儿水。(Yìdiǎnr shuǐ.) — A little water.
第一课很容易。(Dì yī kè hěn róngyì.) — Lesson one is easy.
48HSK 1èr two
二加二是四。(Èr jiā èr shì sì.) — Two plus two is four.
我要二号。(Wǒ yào èr hào.) — I want number two.
今天二月三号。(Jīntiān èr yuè sān hào.) — Today is the third of February.
第二本书。(Dì èr běn shū.) — The second book.
二楼有洗手间。(Èr lóu yǒu xǐshǒujiān.) — There's a toilet on the first floor.
他二十岁。(Tā èrshí suì.) — He's twenty.
49HSK 1sān three
我有三本书。(Wǒ yǒu sān běn shū.) — I have three books.
三点上课。(Sān diǎn shàngkè.) — Class is at three.
三个人来了。(Sān gè rén lái le.) — Three people came.
三月很冷。(Sān yuè hěn lěng.) — March is cold.
第三个是我的。(Dì sān gè shì wǒ de.) — The third one is mine.
三十块钱。(Sānshí kuài qián.) — Thirty yuan.
50HSK 1four
四个人吃饭。(Sì gè rén chīfàn.) — Four people are eating.
四点回家。(Sì diǎn huí jiā.) — I go home at four.
桌子有四条腿。(Zhuōzi yǒu sì tiáo tuǐ.) — The table has four legs.
四月天气很好。(Sì yuè tiānqì hěn hǎo.) — The weather is nice in April.
我买了四本书。(Wǒ mǎile sì běn shū.) — I bought four books.
四十岁不老。(Sìshí suì bù lǎo.) — Forty isn't old.
51HSK 1five
五点下班。(Wǔ diǎn xiàbān.) — I finish work at five.
我有五块钱。(Wǒ yǒu wǔ kuài qián.) — I have five yuan.
五个学生来了。(Wǔ gè xuéshēng lái le.) — Five students came.
五月很热。(Wǔ yuè hěn rè.) — May is hot.
一只手有五个手指。(Yì zhī shǒu yǒu wǔ gè shǒuzhǐ.) — A hand has five fingers.
等五分钟。(Děng wǔ fēnzhōng.) — Wait five minutes.
52HSK 1liù six
六点起床。(Liù diǎn qǐchuáng.) — I get up at six.
我有六本书。(Wǒ yǒu liù běn shū.) — I have six books.
六个人一起去。(Liù gè rén yìqǐ qù.) — Six of us are going together.
六月放假。(Liù yuè fàngjià.) — The holiday is in June.
六十岁的老人。(Liùshí suì de lǎorén.) — A sixty-year-old.
星期六不上课。(Xīngqīliù bú shàngkè.) — No class on Saturday.
53HSK 1seven
七点吃早饭。(Qī diǎn chī zǎofàn.) — I have breakfast at seven.
一个星期有七天。(Yí gè xīngqī yǒu qī tiān.) — A week has seven days.
七个人来了。(Qī gè rén lái le.) — Seven people came.
七月很热。(Qī yuè hěn rè.) — July is hot.
七块钱。(Qī kuài qián.) — Seven yuan.
他七岁了。(Tā qī suì le.) — He's seven.
54HSK 1eight
八点上班。(Bā diǎn shàngbān.) — Work starts at eight.
八个人吃饭。(Bā gè rén chīfàn.) — Eight people are eating.
八月放假。(Bā yuè fàngjià.) — The holiday is in August.
我买了八个。(Wǒ mǎile bā gè.) — I bought eight.
八十块很贵。(Bāshí kuài hěn guì.) — Eighty yuan is expensive.
第八课很难。(Dì bā kè hěn nán.) — Lesson eight is hard.
55HSK 1jiǔ nine
九点睡觉。(Jiǔ diǎn shuìjiào.) — I go to bed at nine.
九月开学。(Jiǔ yuè kāixué.) — Term starts in September.
九个学生。(Jiǔ gè xuéshēng.) — Nine students.
他九岁了。(Tā jiǔ suì le.) — He's nine.
九块钱不贵。(Jiǔ kuài qián bú guì.) — Nine yuan isn't expensive.
第九页。(Dì jiǔ yè.) — Page nine.
56HSK 1shí ten
十点休息。(Shí diǎn xiūxi.) — We rest at ten.
我有十本书。(Wǒ yǒu shí běn shū.) — I have ten books.
十个人来了。(Shí gè rén lái le.) — Ten people came.
十月天气很好。(Shí yuè tiānqì hěn hǎo.) — October weather is nice.
十块钱。(Shí kuài qián.) — Ten yuan.
他十岁了。(Tā shí suì le.) — He's ten.
57HSK 1bǎi hundred
一百块钱。(Yìbǎi kuài qián.) — A hundred yuan.
学校有一百个学生。(Xuéxiào yǒu yìbǎi gè xuéshēng.) — The school has a hundred students.
两百人来了。(Liǎngbǎi rén lái le.) — Two hundred people came.
这本书一百页。(Zhè běn shū yìbǎi yè.) — This book is a hundred pages.
一百年很长。(Yìbǎi nián hěn cháng.) — A hundred years is a long time.
三百块太贵了。(Sānbǎi kuài tài guì le.) — Three hundred yuan is too much.
60HSK 1liǎng two (quantities)
我有两个哥哥。(Wǒ yǒu liǎng gè gēge.) — I have two older brothers.
两点上课。(Liǎng diǎn shàngkè.) — Class is at two.
两本书。(Liǎng běn shū.) — Two books.
等两分钟。(Děng liǎng fēnzhōng.) — Wait two minutes.
两个人一起去。(Liǎng gè rén yìqǐ qù.) — The two of us are going.
两块钱。(Liǎng kuài qián.) — Two yuan.
61HSK 1prefix for ordinal numbers (e.g., first)
第一课很容易。(Dì yī kè hěn róngyì.) — Lesson one is easy.
他是第三名。(Tā shì dì sān míng.) — He came third.
请看第五页。(Qǐng kàn dì wǔ yè.) — Please look at page five.
第二个人是我。(Dì èr gè rén shì wǒ.) — The second person is me.
这是第十次。(Zhè shì dì shí cì.) — This is the tenth time.
第一天很忙。(Dì yī tiān hěn máng.) — The first day was busy.
62HSK 1第一dì-yī first; number one
他是第一名。(Tā shì dì yī míng.) — He came first.
第一次来这儿。(Dì yī cì lái zhèr.) — It's my first time here.
第一课很容易。(Dì yī kè hěn róngyì.) — Lesson one is easy.
第一天上学。(Dì yī tiān shàngxué.) — The first day of school.
我第一个到。(Wǒ dì yī gè dào.) — I arrived first.
第一本书很好。(Dì yī běn shū hěn hǎo.) — The first book is good.
63HSK 1bàn half
现在两点半。(Xiànzài liǎng diǎn bàn.) — It's half past two.
半个小时。(Bàn gè xiǎoshí.) — Half an hour.
我吃了半个。(Wǒ chīle bàn gè.) — I ate half of it.
半年很快。(Bàn nián hěn kuài.) — Half a year goes quickly.
半杯水。(Bàn bēi shuǐ.) — Half a cup of water.
六点半起床。(Liù diǎn bàn qǐchuáng.) — I get up at half six.
64HSK 1máo 10-cent unit of money
一块五毛。(Yí kuài wǔ máo.) — One yuan fifty.
五毛钱。(Wǔ máo qián.) — Fifty cents.
这个八毛。(Zhège bā máo.) — This one is eighty cents.
一毛也没有。(Yì máo yě méiyǒu.) — I haven't got a penny.
两块三毛钱。(Liǎng kuài sān máo qián.) — Two yuan thirty.
几毛钱不贵。(Jǐ máo qián bú guì.) — A few cents isn't much.
65HSK 1一半yíbàn half
我吃了一半。(Wǒ chīle yíbàn.) — I ate half.
一半是我的。(Yíbàn shì wǒ de.) — Half of it is mine.
一半人来了。(Yíbàn rén lái le.) — Half the people came.
书看了一半。(Shū kànle yíbàn.) — I'm halfway through the book.
给我一半吧。(Gěi wǒ yíbàn ba.) — Give me half.
一半也不少。(Yíbàn yě bù shǎo.) — Half is still a lot.
66HSK 1yuán yuan (currency unit)
这个十元。(Zhège shí yuán.) — This is ten yuan.
一共五十元。(Yígòng wǔshí yuán.) — Fifty yuan in total.
门票二十元。(Ménpiào èrshí yuán.) — The ticket is twenty yuan.
一百元太贵了。(Yìbǎi yuán tài guì le.) — A hundred yuan is too much.
三元一个。(Sān yuán yí gè.) — Three yuan each.
这本书八元。(Zhè běn shū bā yuán.) — This book is eight yuan.

3. Measure Words (量词 - liàngcí)

✏️ Usage: Number + Measure Word + Noun

💡 Grammar Tip: Classifiers as Structural Anchors

Mandatory Construction: Unlike Western languages, you cannot pair a numeric figure directly to a substantive noun. You must follow the precise blueprint: Number + Measure Word (Classifier) + Noun (e.g., "three books" is structured as 三 (sān) + 本 (běn) + 书 (shū)).

Specific vs. Generic Classifiers: While 个 (gè) represents a useful, general-purpose catchall classifier, utilizing the specific shape-dependent measure word denotes higher lexical precision (e.g., use 张 (zhāng) for flat tables, 口 (kǒu) for family members, and 只 (zhī) for delicate animals).

No. Level Listen Chinese Pinyin English Example Examples
74HSK 1general measure word
一个人。(Yí gè rén.) — One person.
三个苹果。(Sān gè píngguǒ.) — Three apples.
这个很好。(Zhège hěn hǎo.) — This one is good.
哪个是你的?(Nǎge shì nǐ de?) — Which one is yours?
我要两个。(Wǒ yào liǎng gè.) — I'd like two.
那个人是老师。(Nàge rén shì lǎoshī.) — That person is a teacher.
75HSK 1suì year of age
他十岁了。(Tā shí suì le.) — He's ten.
你几岁?(Nǐ jǐ suì?) — How old are you?
我二十岁。(Wǒ èrshí suì.) — I'm twenty.
孩子三岁了。(Háizi sān suì le.) — The child is three.
爷爷八十岁。(Yéye bāshí suì.) — Grandpa is eighty.
她比我大两岁。(Tā bǐ wǒ dà liǎng suì.) — She's two years older than me.
76HSK 1běn measure word for books, files
一本书。(Yì běn shū.) — One book.
这本很好看。(Zhè běn hěn hǎokàn.) — This one is a good read.
我买了三本。(Wǒ mǎile sān běn.) — I bought three.
哪本是你的?(Nǎ běn shì nǐ de?) — Which one is yours?
那本书很贵。(Nà běn shū hěn guì.) — That book is expensive.
五本书太多了。(Wǔ běn shū tài duō le.) — Five books is too many.
78HSK 1kuài piece; lump; colloquial unit of money
五块钱。(Wǔ kuài qián.) — Five yuan.
一块面包。(Yí kuài miànbāo.) — A piece of bread.
这个十块。(Zhège shí kuài.) — This is ten yuan.
给我一块。(Gěi wǒ yí kuài.) — Give me a piece.
两块肉。(Liǎng kuài ròu.) — Two pieces of meat.
一块钱不贵。(Yí kuài qián bú guì.) — One yuan isn't much.
81HSK 1bēi cup; glass (measure word)
一杯水。(Yì bēi shuǐ.) — A glass of water.
两杯茶。(Liǎng bēi chá.) — Two cups of tea.
我想喝一杯。(Wǒ xiǎng hē yì bēi.) — I'd like a drink.
这杯是你的。(Zhè bēi shì nǐ de.) — This cup is yours.
一杯牛奶。(Yì bēi niúnǎi.) — A glass of milk.
再来一杯吧。(Zài lái yì bēi ba.) — Have another one.
86HSK 1time; occurrence
我去过一次。(Wǒ qùguò yí cì.) — I've been once.
这是第二次。(Zhè shì dì èr cì.) — This is the second time.
下次再说吧。(Xià cì zài shuō ba.) — Let's talk next time.
一个星期三次。(Yí gè xīngqī sān cì.) — Three times a week.
上次很好玩儿。(Shàng cì hěn hǎowánr.) — Last time was fun.
我问了两次。(Wǒ wènle liǎng cì.) — I asked twice.
88HSK 1xià measure word for action count
看一下。(Kàn yíxià.) — Have a look.
等一下。(Děng yíxià.) — Wait a moment.
书在桌子下。(Shū zài zhuōzi xià.) — The book is under the table.
请坐下。(Qǐng zuòxià.) — Please sit down.
下个星期见。(Xià gè xīngqī jiàn.) — See you next week.
下雨了。(Xiàyǔ le.) — It's raining.
89HSK 1kǒu mouthful; measure word for family members
我家有四口人。(Wǒ jiā yǒu sì kǒu rén.) — There are four people in my family.
喝一口水。(Hē yì kǒu shuǐ.) — Take a sip of water.
门口有人。(Ménkǒu yǒu rén.) — There's someone at the door.
吃一口吧。(Chī yì kǒu ba.) — Have a bite.
路口有商店。(Lùkǒu yǒu shāngdiàn.) — There's a shop at the crossroads.
他家五口人。(Tā jiā wǔ kǒu rén.) — His family has five people.
90HSK 1fēn minute; point; cent
现在三点十分。(Xiànzài sān diǎn shí fēn.) — It's ten past three.
等五分钟。(Děng wǔ fēnzhōng.) — Wait five minutes.
一块二毛五分。(Yí kuài èr máo wǔ fēn.) — One yuan twenty-five.
我考了一百分。(Wǒ kǎole yìbǎi fēn.) — I scored a hundred.
分成两个班。(Fēnchéng liǎng gè bān.) — Split into two classes.
十分钟不长。(Shí fēnzhōng bù cháng.) — Ten minutes isn't long.
91HSK 1jiān measure word for rooms
一间房子。(Yì jiān fángzi.) — One room.
这间很干净。(Zhè jiān hěn gānjìng.) — This room is clean.
中间有一张桌子。(Zhōngjiān yǒu yì zhāng zhuōzi.) — There's a table in the middle.
两间教室。(Liǎng jiān jiàoshì.) — Two classrooms.
洗手间在那边。(Xǐshǒujiān zài nàbian.) — The toilet is over there.
这间房间很大。(Zhè jiān fángjiān hěn dà.) — This room is big.

4. Nouns: Time & Calendar (时间, 日期 - shíjiān, rìqī)

✏️ Usage: Year + Month + Day + Time

💡 Grammar Tip: Time Order & Placement

Time units are structured from largest to smallest: Year + Month + Day + Time (e.g., 2026年7月). Unlike English, time words must be placed *before* the main verb. Use the pattern Subject + Time + Verb or Time + Subject + Verb.

No. Level Listen Chinese Pinyin English Example Examples
153HSK 1时间shíjiān time
现在没时间。(Xiànzài méi shíjiān.) — There's no time now.
你有时间吗?(Nǐ yǒu shíjiān ma?) — Do you have time?
时间过得很快。(Shíjiān guò de hěn kuài.) — Time goes quickly.
学习要时间。(Xuéxí yào shíjiān.) — Learning takes time.
什么时间去?(Shénme shíjiān qù?) — What time are we going?
时间不多了。(Shíjiān bù duō le.) — There isn't much time left.
154HSK 1时候shíhou time; moment; duration
你什么时候来?(Nǐ shénme shíhou lái?) — When are you coming?
小时候我住在这儿。(Xiǎo shíhou wǒ zhù zài zhèr.) — I lived here as a child.
吃饭的时候别说话。(Chīfàn de shíhou bié shuōhuà.) — Don't talk while eating.
有时候他不来。(Yǒu shíhou tā bù lái.) — Sometimes he doesn't come.
下雨的时候在家。(Xiàyǔ de shíhou zài jiā.) — I stay home when it rains.
什么时候有时间?(Shénme shíhou yǒu shíjiān?) — When are you free?
155HSK 1现在xiànzài now; at present
现在几点?(Xiànzài jǐ diǎn?) — What time is it now?
我现在很忙。(Wǒ xiànzài hěn máng.) — I'm busy right now.
现在走吧。(Xiànzài zǒu ba.) — Let's go now.
他现在在家。(Tā xiànzài zài jiā.) — He's at home now.
现在不下雨了。(Xiànzài bú xiàyǔ le.) — It's stopped raining now.
现在的孩子很忙。(Xiànzài de háizi hěn máng.) — Children today are busy.
156HSK 1今天jīntiān today
今天很热。(Jīntiān hěn rè.) — It's hot today.
今天几号?(Jīntiān jǐ hào?) — What's the date today?
今天我不上班。(Jīntiān wǒ bú shàngbān.) — I'm not working today.
今天星期几?(Jīntiān xīngqī jǐ?) — What day is it today?
今天的菜很好吃。(Jīntiān de cài hěn hǎochī.) — Today's food is tasty.
今天他没来。(Jīntiān tā méi lái.) — He didn't come today.
157HSK 1明天míngtiān tomorrow
明天见!(Míngtiān jiàn!) — See you tomorrow!
明天有课。(Míngtiān yǒu kè.) — There's class tomorrow.
明天天气很好。(Míngtiān tiānqì hěn hǎo.) — The weather is good tomorrow.
明天你来吗?(Míngtiān nǐ lái ma?) — Are you coming tomorrow?
明天早上八点。(Míngtiān zǎoshang bā diǎn.) — Eight o'clock tomorrow morning.
明天我很忙。(Míngtiān wǒ hěn máng.) — I'm busy tomorrow.
158HSK 1昨天zuótiān yesterday
昨天下雨了。(Zuótiān xiàyǔ le.) — It rained yesterday.
昨天我在家。(Zuótiān wǒ zài jiā.) — I was home yesterday.
昨天很累。(Zuótiān hěn lèi.) — Yesterday was tiring.
昨天他来了。(Zuótiān tā lái le.) — He came yesterday.
昨天的菜很好吃。(Zuótiān de cài hěn hǎochī.) — Yesterday's food was tasty.
昨天没上课。(Zuótiān méi shàngkè.) — There was no class yesterday.
159HSK 1nián year
一年有十二个月。(Yì nián yǒu shí'èr gè yuè.) — A year has twelve months.
他学了三年汉语。(Tā xuéle sān nián Hànyǔ.) — He's studied Chinese for three years.
今年是新的一年。(Jīnnián shì xīn de yì nián.) — This year is a new year.
一年过得很快。(Yì nián guò de hěn kuài.) — A year goes by quickly.
两年前我来这儿。(Liǎng nián qián wǒ lái zhèr.) — I came here two years ago.
他二十年没回家。(Tā èrshí nián méi huí jiā.) — He hasn't been home in twenty years.
160HSK 1今年jīnnián this year
今年很忙。(Jīnnián hěn máng.) — This year is busy.
今年我二十岁。(Jīnnián wǒ èrshí suì.) — I'm twenty this year.
今年天气很好。(Jīnnián tiānqì hěn hǎo.) — The weather is good this year.
今年他上大学。(Jīnnián tā shàng dàxué.) — He starts university this year.
今年的书很贵。(Jīnnián de shū hěn guì.) — Books are expensive this year.
今年没下雪。(Jīnnián méi xiàxuě.) — It hasn't snowed this year.
161HSK 1明年míngnián next year
明年我去中国。(Míngnián wǒ qù Zhōngguó.) — I'm going to China next year.
明年他二十岁。(Míngnián tā èrshí suì.) — He'll be twenty next year.
明年再来吧。(Míngnián zài lái ba.) — Come again next year.
明年的事明年说。(Míngnián de shì míngnián shuō.) — Next year's business can wait.
明年我上大学。(Míngnián wǒ shàng dàxué.) — I start university next year.
明年见!(Míngnián jiàn!) — See you next year!
162HSK 1去年qùnián last year
去年我在北京。(Qùnián wǒ zài Běijīng.) — I was in Beijing last year.
去年很冷。(Qùnián hěn lěng.) — Last year was cold.
去年他来过。(Qùnián tā láiguò.) — He came last year.
去年我学了汉语。(Qùnián wǒ xuéle Hànyǔ.) — I studied Chinese last year.
去年的书还在。(Qùnián de shū hái zài.) — Last year's books are still here.
去年比今年热。(Qùnián bǐ jīnnián rè.) — Last year was hotter than this year.
163HSK 1yuè month; moon
一年有十二个月。(Yì nián yǒu shí'èr gè yuè.) — A year has twelve months.
这个月很忙。(Zhège yuè hěn máng.) — This month is busy.
八月很热。(Bā yuè hěn rè.) — August is hot.
下个月我去中国。(Xià gè yuè wǒ qù Zhōngguó.) — I'm going to China next month.
上个月他来了。(Shàng gè yuè tā lái le.) — He came last month.
一个月过得很快。(Yí gè yuè guò de hěn kuài.) — A month goes by fast.
164HSK 1day; sun; date
今天是五月一日。(Jīntiān shì wǔ yuè yī rì.) — Today is the first of May.
生日快乐!(Shēngrì kuàilè!) — Happy birthday!
星期日不上班。(Xīngqīrì bú shàngbān.) — I don't work on Sunday.
一日三次。(Yí rì sān cì.) — Three times a day.
六月十日见。(Liù yuè shí rì jiàn.) — See you on the tenth of June.
那一日很冷。(Nà yí rì hěn lěng.) — That day was cold.
165HSK 1hào day of the month; number
今天几号?(Jīntiān jǐ hào?) — What's the date today?
今天三月五号。(Jīntiān sān yuè wǔ hào.) — Today is the fifth of March.
我住一零一号。(Wǒ zhù yī líng yī hào.) — I live in number 101.
下个月八号见。(Xià gè yuè bā hào jiàn.) — See you on the eighth next month.
几号考试?(Jǐ hào kǎoshì?) — What date is the exam?
十号是我的生日。(Shí hào shì wǒ de shēngrì.) — The tenth is my birthday.
166HSK 1星期xīngqī week
一个星期有七天。(Yí gè xīngqī yǒu qī tiān.) — A week has seven days.
今天星期几?(Jīntiān xīngqī jǐ?) — What day of the week is it?
下个星期见。(Xià gè xīngqī jiàn.) — See you next week.
这个星期很忙。(Zhège xīngqī hěn máng.) — This week is busy.
星期一上课。(Xīngqīyī shàngkè.) — Class is on Monday.
上个星期他来了。(Shàng gè xīngqī tā lái le.) — He came last week.
169HSK 1diǎn o'clock; dot; spot
现在三点。(Xiànzài sān diǎn.) — It's three o'clock.
你几点起床?(Nǐ jǐ diǎn qǐchuáng?) — What time do you get up?
八点上班。(Bā diǎn shàngbān.) — Work starts at eight.
两点半下课。(Liǎng diǎn bàn xiàkè.) — Class ends at half two.
早一点来。(Zǎo yìdiǎn lái.) — Come a bit earlier.
我想吃一点。(Wǒ xiǎng chī yìdiǎn.) — I'd like a little.
170HSK 1小时xiǎoshí hour
等一个小时。(Děng yí gè xiǎoshí.) — Wait an hour.
一天有二十四小时。(Yì tiān yǒu èrshísì xiǎoshí.) — A day has twenty-four hours.
我学了两个小时。(Wǒ xuéle liǎng gè xiǎoshí.) — I studied for two hours.
半个小时就到。(Bàn gè xiǎoshí jiù dào.) — It's half an hour away.
三个小时太长了。(Sān gè xiǎoshí tài cháng le.) — Three hours is too long.
一个小时够吗?(Yí gè xiǎoshí gòu ma?) — Is an hour enough?
172HSK 1早上zǎoshang early morning
早上好!(Zǎoshang hǎo!) — Good morning!
早上七点起床。(Zǎoshang qī diǎn qǐchuáng.) — I get up at seven.
早上我喝牛奶。(Zǎoshang wǒ hē niúnǎi.) — I drink milk in the morning.
早上很冷。(Zǎoshang hěn lěng.) — It's cold in the morning.
明天早上见。(Míngtiān zǎoshang jiàn.) — See you tomorrow morning.
早上人不多。(Zǎoshang rén bù duō.) — There aren't many people in the morning.
173HSK 1上午shàngwǔ morning (before noon)
上午有课。(Shàngwǔ yǒu kè.) — There's class in the morning.
上午我很忙。(Shàngwǔ wǒ hěn máng.) — I'm busy in the morning.
上午十点见。(Shàngwǔ shí diǎn jiàn.) — See you at ten in the morning.
上午天气很好。(Shàngwǔ tiānqì hěn hǎo.) — The weather is nice this morning.
他上午来了。(Tā shàngwǔ lái le.) — He came in the morning.
上午不上班。(Shàngwǔ bú shàngbān.) — I don't work mornings.
174HSK 1中午zhōngwǔ noon; midday
中午我们吃饭。(Zhōngwǔ wǒmen chīfàn.) — We eat at noon.
中午很热。(Zhōngwǔ hěn rè.) — It's hot at midday.
中午休息一下。(Zhōngwǔ xiūxi yíxià.) — Take a rest at midday.
中午十二点。(Zhōngwǔ shí'èr diǎn.) — Twelve noon.
中午在学校吃。(Zhōngwǔ zài xuéxiào chī.) — I eat at school at noon.
中午人很多。(Zhōngwǔ rén hěn duō.) — It's crowded at midday.
175HSK 1下午xiàwǔ afternoon
下午有课。(Xiàwǔ yǒu kè.) — There's class in the afternoon.
下午三点见。(Xiàwǔ sān diǎn jiàn.) — See you at three this afternoon.
下午我在家。(Xiàwǔ wǒ zài jiā.) — I'm home in the afternoon.
下午下雨了。(Xiàwǔ xiàyǔ le.) — It rained in the afternoon.
下午去买东西。(Xiàwǔ qù mǎi dōngxi.) — I'm going shopping this afternoon.
下午不忙。(Xiàwǔ bù máng.) — The afternoon isn't busy.
176HSK 1晚上wǎnshang evening; night
晚上好!(Wǎnshang hǎo!) — Good evening!
晚上我在家。(Wǎnshang wǒ zài jiā.) — I'm home in the evening.
晚上十点睡觉。(Wǎnshang shí diǎn shuìjiào.) — I go to bed at ten.
晚上很凉。(Wǎnshang hěn liáng.) — It's cool in the evening.
晚上一起吃饭吧。(Wǎnshang yìqǐ chīfàn ba.) — Let's have dinner tonight.
晚上不看电视。(Wǎnshang bú kàn diànshì.) — I don't watch TV at night.
177HSK 1白天báitiān daytime
白天很热。(Báitiān hěn rè.) — It's hot during the day.
白天我上班。(Báitiān wǒ shàngbān.) — I work during the day.
白天很长。(Báitiān hěn cháng.) — The days are long.
白天他不在家。(Báitiān tā bú zài jiā.) — He isn't home in the daytime.
白天人很多。(Báitiān rén hěn duō.) — It's busy in the daytime.
白天不用开灯。(Báitiān búyòng kāi dēng.) — No need for lights in the day.
185HSK 1最后zuìhòu final; last
最后一个人走了。(Zuìhòu yí gè rén zǒu le.) — The last person left.
最后我买了这本。(Zuìhòu wǒ mǎile zhè běn.) — In the end I bought this one.
最后一天很忙。(Zuìhòu yì tiān hěn máng.) — The last day was busy.
最后他没来。(Zuìhòu tā méi lái.) — In the end he didn't come.
看看最后一页。(Kànkan zuìhòu yí yè.) — Look at the last page.
最后我们回家了。(Zuìhòu wǒmen huí jiā le.) — In the end we went home.
186HSK 1生日shēngrì birthday
生日快乐!(Shēngrì kuàilè!) — Happy birthday!
今天是我的生日。(Jīntiān shì wǒ de shēngrì.) — Today is my birthday.
你的生日是几号?(Nǐ de shēngrì shì jǐ hào?) — When is your birthday?
生日那天很高兴。(Shēngrì nà tiān hěn gāoxìng.) — I was happy on my birthday.
他送我生日礼物。(Tā sòng wǒ shēngrì lǐwù.) — He gave me a birthday present.
明天是他的生日。(Míngtiān shì tā de shēngrì.) — Tomorrow is his birthday.
194HSK 1一会儿yīhuìr a little while; in a moment
等一会儿。(Děng yíhuìr.) — Wait a moment.
我一会儿就来。(Wǒ yíhuìr jiù lái.) — I'll be there in a moment.
休息一会儿吧。(Xiūxi yíhuìr ba.) — Let's rest a while.
一会儿见。(Yíhuìr jiàn.) — See you in a bit.
坐一会儿吧。(Zuò yíhuìr ba.) — Sit for a while.
一会儿他就走了。(Yíhuìr tā jiù zǒu le.) — He left after a little while.
195HSK 1半天bàntiān half a day; a long time
我等了半天。(Wǒ děngle bàntiān.) — I waited ages.
半天没吃东西。(Bàntiān méi chī dōngxi.) — I haven't eaten for ages.
他说了半天。(Tā shuōle bàntiān.) — He talked for ages.
半天就够了。(Bàntiān jiù gòu le.) — Half a day is enough.
找了半天才找到。(Zhǎole bàntiān cái zhǎodào.) — I looked for ages before finding it.
上午半天有课。(Shàngwǔ bàntiān yǒu kè.) — There's class for half the morning.
196HSK 1半年bànnián half a year
半年很快。(Bànnián hěn kuài.) — Half a year goes fast.
我学了半年汉语。(Wǒ xuéle bànnián Hànyǔ.) — I've studied Chinese for six months.
半年没见了。(Bànnián méi jiàn le.) — We haven't met in six months.
半年以后再说。(Bànnián yǐhòu zài shuō.) — Let's talk again in six months.
他去了半年。(Tā qùle bànnián.) — He's been away half a year.
半年前我来这儿。(Bànnián qián wǒ lái zhèr.) — I came here six months ago.
197HSK 1后天hòutiān the day after tomorrow
后天见!(Hòutiān jiàn!) — See you the day after tomorrow!
后天有考试。(Hòutiān yǒu kǎoshì.) — There's an exam the day after tomorrow.
后天我不在家。(Hòutiān wǒ bú zài jiā.) — I won't be home the day after tomorrow.
后天他来。(Hòutiān tā lái.) — He's coming the day after tomorrow.
后天天气很好。(Hòutiān tiānqì hěn hǎo.) — The weather is good the day after tomorrow.
后天是星期六。(Hòutiān shì xīngqīliù.) — The day after tomorrow is Saturday.
198HSK 1前天qiántiān the day before yesterday
前天下雨了。(Qiántiān xiàyǔ le.) — It rained the day before yesterday.
前天我在家。(Qiántiān wǒ zài jiā.) — I was home the day before yesterday.
前天他来过。(Qiántiān tā láiguò.) — He came the day before yesterday.
前天很冷。(Qiántiān hěn lěng.) — It was cold the day before yesterday.
前天买的书。(Qiántiān mǎi de shū.) — The book I bought two days ago.
前天是星期一。(Qiántiān shì xīngqīyī.) — The day before yesterday was Monday.
199HSK 1日期rìqī date
今天的日期是几号?(Jīntiān de rìqī shì jǐ hào?) — What's today's date?
请写上日期。(Qǐng xiěshàng rìqī.) — Please write the date.
日期不对。(Rìqī bú duì.) — The date is wrong.
考试的日期是明天。(Kǎoshì de rìqī shì míngtiān.) — The exam date is tomorrow.
我忘了日期。(Wǒ wàngle rìqī.) — I forgot the date.
日期写在上边。(Rìqī xiě zài shàngbian.) — The date is written above.
200HSK 1上次shàngcì last time
上次很好玩儿。(Shàng cì hěn hǎowánr.) — Last time was fun.
上次我们见过。(Shàng cì wǒmen jiànguò.) — We met last time.
上次他没来。(Shàng cì tā méi lái.) — He didn't come last time.
上次的书还给你。(Shàng cì de shū huán gěi nǐ.) — Here's the book from last time.
上次是什么时候?(Shàng cì shì shénme shíhou?) — When was last time?
上次考得不好。(Shàng cì kǎo de bù hǎo.) — I did badly last time.
201HSK 1下次xiàcì next time
下次再说吧。(Xià cì zài shuō ba.) — Let's talk next time.
下次我请你。(Xià cì wǒ qǐng nǐ.) — Next time it's on me.
下次别忘了。(Xià cì bié wàng le.) — Don't forget next time.
下次一起去吧。(Xià cì yìqǐ qù ba.) — Let's go together next time.
下次是什么时候?(Xià cì shì shénme shíhou?) — When is next time?
下次早点来。(Xià cì zǎodiǎn lái.) — Come earlier next time.
202HSK 1新年xīnnián New Year
新年快乐!(Xīnnián kuàilè!) — Happy New Year!
新年放假。(Xīnnián fàngjià.) — We're off for New Year.
新年我回家。(Xīnnián wǒ huí jiā.) — I go home for New Year.
新年很热闹。(Xīnnián hěn rènao.) — New Year is lively.
新年吃饺子。(Xīnnián chī jiǎozi.) — We eat dumplings at New Year.
新年是新的开始。(Xīnnián shì xīn de kāishǐ.) — New Year is a fresh start.
203HSK 1星期日xīngqīrì Sunday
星期日不上班。(Xīngqīrì bú shàngbān.) — I don't work on Sunday.
星期日我在家。(Xīngqīrì wǒ zài jiā.) — I'm home on Sunday.
星期日见!(Xīngqīrì jiàn!) — See you Sunday!
星期日很多人。(Xīngqīrì hěn duō rén.) — Sunday is busy.
星期日休息。(Xīngqīrì xiūxi.) — Sunday is a rest day.
下个星期日去。(Xià gè xīngqīrì qù.) — We'll go next Sunday.
204HSK 1星期天xīngqītiān Sunday
星期天我不上班。(Xīngqītiān wǒ bú shàngbān.) — I don't work on Sunday.
星期天一起去吧。(Xīngqītiān yìqǐ qù ba.) — Let's go together on Sunday.
星期天商店人很多。(Xīngqītiān shāngdiàn rén hěn duō.) — Shops are busy on Sunday.
星期天他来我家。(Xīngqītiān tā lái wǒ jiā.) — He comes to mine on Sunday.
星期天天气很好。(Xīngqītiān tiānqì hěn hǎo.) — The weather is nice on Sunday.
星期天见!(Xīngqītiān jiàn!) — See you Sunday!
205HSK 1有时候yǒushíhou sometimes
有时候他不来。(Yǒu shíhou tā bù lái.) — Sometimes he doesn't come.
有时候我走路上班。(Yǒu shíhou wǒ zǒulù shàngbān.) — Sometimes I walk to work.
有时候很忙。(Yǒu shíhou hěn máng.) — Sometimes it's busy.
有时候下雨。(Yǒu shíhou xiàyǔ.) — Sometimes it rains.
有时候我在家吃。(Yǒu shíhou wǒ zài jiā chī.) — Sometimes I eat at home.
有时候他很晚回来。(Yǒu shíhou tā hěn wǎn huílái.) — Sometimes he comes back late.

5. Nouns: People, Family & Occupations (人物, 家庭, 职业 - rénwù, jiātíng, zhíyè)

✏️ Usage: Pronoun + Noun (的 dropped)

💡 Grammar Tip: Close Relationships & Possessives

Typically, the particle 的 (de) is placed between a possessor and the possessed noun. However, for close interpersonal connections, such as family members (e.g., 我爸爸 (wǒ bàba) instead of 我的爸爸 (wǒ de bàba)) or schools/workplaces, 的 (de) is regularly dropped.

No. Level Listen Chinese Pinyin English Example Examples
314HSK 1rén person; people
他是好人。(Tā shì hǎo rén.) — He's a good person.
这里人很多。(Zhèlǐ rén hěn duō.) — There are lots of people here.
我家有四口人。(Wǒ jiā yǒu sì kǒu rén.) — There are four people in my family.
那个人是谁?(Nàge rén shì shéi?) — Who is that person?
中国人喜欢喝茶。(Zhōngguó rén xǐhuan hē chá.) — Chinese people like tea.
人不多,很安静。(Rén bù duō, hěn ānjìng.) — Not many people, very quiet.
316HSK 1爸爸bàba dad; father
我爸爸是老师。(Wǒ bàba shì lǎoshī.) — My dad is a teacher.
爸爸在家。(Bàba zài jiā.) — Dad is at home.
爸爸很忙。(Bàba hěn máng.) — Dad is busy.
我爱爸爸。(Wǒ ài bàba.) — I love my dad.
爸爸的车很新。(Bàba de chē hěn xīn.) — Dad's car is new.
爸爸会做饭。(Bàba huì zuòfàn.) — Dad can cook.
317HSK 1妈妈māma mom; mother
我妈妈很好。(Wǒ māma hěn hǎo.) — My mum is lovely.
妈妈在做饭。(Māma zài zuòfàn.) — Mum is cooking.
妈妈叫我回家。(Māma jiào wǒ huí jiā.) — Mum told me to come home.
妈妈的名字很好听。(Māma de míngzi hěn hǎotīng.) — Mum's name is lovely.
我爱妈妈。(Wǒ ài māma.) — I love my mum.
妈妈今天不上班。(Māma jīntiān bú shàngbān.) — Mum isn't working today.
318HSK 1哥哥gēge older brother
我有一个哥哥。(Wǒ yǒu yí gè gēge.) — I have one older brother.
哥哥比我大三岁。(Gēge bǐ wǒ dà sān suì.) — My brother is three years older.
哥哥在上大学。(Gēge zài shàng dàxué.) — My brother is at university.
哥哥会开车。(Gēge huì kāichē.) — My brother can drive.
这是哥哥的书。(Zhè shì gēge de shū.) — This is my brother's book.
哥哥对我很好。(Gēge duì wǒ hěn hǎo.) — My brother is good to me.
319HSK 1姐姐jiějie older sister
我姐姐是医生。(Wǒ jiějie shì yīshēng.) — My sister is a doctor.
姐姐比我大两岁。(Jiějie bǐ wǒ dà liǎng suì.) — My sister is two years older.
姐姐很漂亮。(Jiějie hěn piàoliang.) — My sister is pretty.
姐姐在北京工作。(Jiějie zài Běijīng gōngzuò.) — My sister works in Beijing.
这是姐姐的衣服。(Zhè shì jiějie de yīfu.) — These are my sister's clothes.
姐姐喜欢唱歌。(Jiějie xǐhuan chànggē.) — My sister likes singing.
320HSK 1弟弟dìdi younger brother
我有一个弟弟。(Wǒ yǒu yí gè dìdi.) — I have a younger brother.
弟弟比我小三岁。(Dìdi bǐ wǒ xiǎo sān suì.) — My brother is three years younger.
弟弟在上小学。(Dìdi zài shàng xiǎoxué.) — My brother is at primary school.
弟弟很喜欢打球。(Dìdi hěn xǐhuan dǎqiú.) — My brother loves ball games.
这是弟弟的书包。(Zhè shì dìdi de shūbāo.) — This is my brother's schoolbag.
弟弟很聪明。(Dìdi hěn cōngming.) — My brother is clever.
321HSK 1妹妹mèimei younger sister
我妹妹很小。(Wǒ mèimei hěn xiǎo.) — My sister is little.
妹妹在上小学。(Mèimei zài shàng xiǎoxué.) — My sister is at primary school.
妹妹比我小两岁。(Mèimei bǐ wǒ xiǎo liǎng suì.) — My sister is two years younger.
妹妹喜欢看书。(Mèimei xǐhuan kànshū.) — My sister likes reading.
这是妹妹的衣服。(Zhè shì mèimei de yīfu.) — These are my sister's clothes.
妹妹很可爱。(Mèimei hěn kě'ài.) — My sister is sweet.
322HSK 1儿子érzi son
他有一个儿子。(Tā yǒu yí gè érzi.) — He has one son.
儿子今年十岁。(Érzi jīnnián shí suì.) — My son is ten this year.
儿子在上学。(Érzi zài shàngxué.) — My son is at school.
他的儿子很高。(Tā de érzi hěn gāo.) — His son is tall.
儿子会说汉语。(Érzi huì shuō Hànyǔ.) — My son can speak Chinese.
儿子和女儿都在家。(Érzi hé nǚ'ér dōu zài jiā.) — My son and daughter are both home.
323HSK 1女儿nǚ'ér daughter
我有一个女儿。(Wǒ yǒu yí gè nǚ'ér.) — I have one daughter.
女儿今年五岁。(Nǚ'ér jīnnián wǔ suì.) — My daughter is five this year.
女儿很喜欢花。(Nǚ'ér hěn xǐhuan huā.) — My daughter loves flowers.
她的女儿很漂亮。(Tā de nǚ'ér hěn piàoliang.) — Her daughter is pretty.
女儿在上小学。(Nǚ'ér zài shàng xiǎoxué.) — My daughter is at primary school.
女儿会唱歌。(Nǚ'ér huì chànggē.) — My daughter can sing.
324HSK 1孩子háizi child; kid
孩子在睡觉。(Háizi zài shuìjiào.) — The child is sleeping.
他有两个孩子。(Tā yǒu liǎng gè háizi.) — He has two children.
孩子们很高兴。(Háizimen hěn gāoxìng.) — The children are happy.
这个孩子很可爱。(Zhège háizi hěn kě'ài.) — This child is sweet.
孩子要上学了。(Háizi yào shàngxué le.) — The child is starting school.
孩子喜欢吃水果。(Háizi xǐhuan chī shuǐguǒ.) — Children like fruit.
325HSK 1朋友péngyou friend
他是我朋友。(Tā shì wǒ péngyou.) — He's my friend.
我有很多朋友。(Wǒ yǒu hěn duō péngyou.) — I have many friends.
朋友来我家了。(Péngyou lái wǒ jiā le.) — A friend came to my place.
我们是好朋友。(Wǒmen shì hǎo péngyou.) — We're good friends.
朋友的名字叫小明。(Péngyou de míngzi jiào Xiǎomíng.) — My friend's name is Xiaoming.
和朋友一起很高兴。(Hé péngyou yìqǐ hěn gāoxìng.) — It's nice being with friends.
326HSK 1家人jiārén family member
我很爱我的家人。(Wǒ hěn ài wǒ de jiārén.) — I love my family.
家人都在家。(Jiārén dōu zài jiā.) — The family is all at home.
家人对我很好。(Jiārén duì wǒ hěn hǎo.) — My family is good to me.
新年和家人在一起。(Xīnnián hé jiārén zài yìqǐ.) — I'm with family at New Year.
他的家人在北京。(Tā de jiārén zài Běijīng.) — His family is in Beijing.
家人最重要。(Jiārén zuì zhòngyào.) — Family matters most.
327HSK 1先生xiānsheng Mr.; husband; gentleman
王先生是老师。(Wáng xiānsheng shì lǎoshī.) — Mr Wang is a teacher.
先生,请坐。(Xiānsheng, qǐng zuò.) — Please have a seat, sir.
这位先生是医生。(Zhè wèi xiānsheng shì yīshēng.) — This gentleman is a doctor.
先生您好。(Xiānsheng nín hǎo.) — Hello, sir.
李先生在家吗?(Lǐ xiānsheng zài jiā ma?) — Is Mr Li home?
先生要喝茶吗?(Xiānsheng yào hē chá ma?) — Would you like tea, sir?
328HSK 1小姐xiǎojiě Miss; young lady
王小姐是老师。(Wáng xiǎojiě shì lǎoshī.) — Miss Wang is a teacher.
小姐,请问洗手间在哪儿?(Xiǎojiě, qǐngwèn xǐshǒujiān zài nǎr?) — Excuse me, where's the toilet?
这位小姐很漂亮。(Zhè wèi xiǎojiě hěn piàoliang.) — This young lady is pretty.
李小姐在吗?(Lǐ xiǎojiě zài ma?) — Is Miss Li here?
小姐您好。(Xiǎojiě nín hǎo.) — Hello, miss.
那位小姐是医生。(Nà wèi xiǎojiě shì yīshēng.) — That lady is a doctor.
329HSK 1老师lǎoshī teacher
我的老师很好。(Wǒ de lǎoshī hěn hǎo.) — My teacher is nice.
老师在教室。(Lǎoshī zài jiàoshì.) — The teacher is in the classroom.
老师,早上好!(Lǎoshī, zǎoshang hǎo!) — Good morning, teacher!
老师教我们汉语。(Lǎoshī jiāo wǒmen Hànyǔ.) — The teacher teaches us Chinese.
王老师今天不来。(Wáng lǎoshī jīntiān bù lái.) — Mr Wang isn't coming today.
谢谢老师。(Xièxie lǎoshī.) — Thank you, teacher.
330HSK 1学生xuésheng student
我是学生。(Wǒ shì xuéshēng.) — I'm a student.
学生们在上课。(Xuéshēngmen zài shàngkè.) — The students are in class.
这个学生很认真。(Zhège xuéshēng hěn rènzhēn.) — This student works hard.
班里有二十个学生。(Bān lǐ yǒu èrshí gè xuéshēng.) — There are twenty students in the class.
学生要好好学习。(Xuéshēng yào hǎohǎo xuéxí.) — Students should study well.
他是大学生。(Tā shì dàxuéshēng.) — He's a university student.
331HSK 1同学tóngxué classmate
他是我同学。(Tā shì wǒ tóngxué.) — He's my classmate.
同学们好!(Tóngxuémen hǎo!) — Hello, class!
同学都很好。(Tóngxué dōu hěn hǎo.) — My classmates are all nice.
我和同学一起回家。(Wǒ hé tóngxué yìqǐ huí jiā.) — I go home with a classmate.
新同学叫小明。(Xīn tóngxué jiào Xiǎomíng.) — The new classmate is called Xiaoming.
问问同学吧。(Wènwen tóngxué ba.) — Ask a classmate.
332HSK 1医生yīshēng doctor; physician
他是医生。(Tā shì yīshēng.) — He's a doctor.
医生在医院。(Yīshēng zài yīyuàn.) — The doctor is at the hospital.
我要看医生。(Wǒ yào kàn yīshēng.) — I need to see a doctor.
医生说我没事。(Yīshēng shuō wǒ méi shì.) — The doctor says I'm fine.
她想当医生。(Tā xiǎng dāng yīshēng.) — She wants to be a doctor.
谢谢医生。(Xièxie yīshēng.) — Thank you, doctor.
333HSK 1病人bìngrén patient; sick person
病人在休息。(Bìngrén zài xiūxi.) — The patient is resting.
医生在看病人。(Yīshēng zài kàn bìngrén.) — The doctor is seeing a patient.
病人很多。(Bìngrén hěn duō.) — There are many patients.
病人要多喝水。(Bìngrén yào duō hē shuǐ.) — Patients should drink plenty of water.
这个病人是我朋友。(Zhège bìngrén shì wǒ péngyou.) — This patient is my friend.
病人好了。(Bìngrén hǎo le.) — The patient has recovered.
334HSK 1爷爷yéye paternal grandfather
我爷爷八十岁了。(Wǒ yéye bāshí suì le.) — My grandpa is eighty.
爷爷在家看电视。(Yéye zài jiā kàn diànshì.) — Grandpa is watching TV at home.
爷爷的身体很好。(Yéye de shēntǐ hěn hǎo.) — Grandpa is in good health.
爷爷喜欢喝茶。(Yéye xǐhuan hē chá.) — Grandpa likes tea.
我和爷爷一起走。(Wǒ hé yéye yìqǐ zǒu.) — I walk with grandpa.
爷爷对我很好。(Yéye duì wǒ hěn hǎo.) — Grandpa is good to me.
335HSK 1奶奶nǎinai paternal grandmother
奶奶很喜欢我。(Nǎinai hěn xǐhuan wǒ.) — Grandma is very fond of me.
奶奶在做饭。(Nǎinai zài zuòfàn.) — Grandma is cooking.
奶奶今年七十岁。(Nǎinai jīnnián qīshí suì.) — Grandma is seventy this year.
奶奶的头发白了。(Nǎinai de tóufa bái le.) — Grandma's hair has gone white.
我去看奶奶。(Wǒ qù kàn nǎinai.) — I'm going to see grandma.
奶奶做的菜很好吃。(Nǎinai zuò de cài hěn hǎochī.) — Grandma's cooking is delicious.
338HSK 1男人nánrén man; male
那个男人是老师。(Nàge nánrén shì lǎoshī.) — That man is a teacher.
男人在门口。(Nánrén zài ménkǒu.) — The man is at the door.
这个男人很高。(Zhège nánrén hěn gāo.) — This man is tall.
男人和女人都来了。(Nánrén hé nǚrén dōu lái le.) — Both the men and women came.
那个男人会开车。(Nàge nánrén huì kāichē.) — That man can drive.
一个男人在等你。(Yí gè nánrén zài děng nǐ.) — A man is waiting for you.
339HSK 1女人nǚrén woman; female
那个女人是医生。(Nàge nǚrén shì yīshēng.) — That woman is a doctor.
女人在买东西。(Nǚrén zài mǎi dōngxi.) — The woman is shopping.
这个女人很漂亮。(Zhège nǚrén hěn piàoliang.) — This woman is pretty.
一个女人在等车。(Yí gè nǚrén zài děngchē.) — A woman is waiting for the bus.
那个女人是他妈妈。(Nàge nǚrén shì tā māma.) — That woman is his mother.
女人们在说话。(Nǚrénmen zài shuōhuà.) — The women are talking.
350HSK 1工人gōngrén worker
他是工人。(Tā shì gōngrén.) — He's a worker.
工人们在工作。(Gōngrénmen zài gōngzuò.) — The workers are working.
工人很忙。(Gōngrén hěn máng.) — The workers are busy.
这里有很多工人。(Zhèlǐ yǒu hěn duō gōngrén.) — There are many workers here.
工人早上八点上班。(Gōngrén zǎoshang bā diǎn shàngbān.) — Workers start at eight.
他爸爸是工人。(Tā bàba shì gōngrén.) — His father is a worker.
351HSK 1老人lǎorén old person; the elderly
老人在休息。(Lǎorén zài xiūxi.) — The old man is resting.
帮帮老人吧。(Bāngbang lǎorén ba.) — Help the elderly.
那位老人八十岁了。(Nà wèi lǎorén bāshí suì le.) — That elderly man is eighty.
老人走得很慢。(Lǎorén zǒu de hěn màn.) — Old people walk slowly.
老人喜欢喝茶。(Lǎorén xǐhuan hē chá.) — Old people like tea.
请让老人先坐。(Qǐng ràng lǎorén xiān zuò.) — Let the elderly sit first.
352HSK 1nán male
男的在左边。(Nán de zài zuǒbian.) — The men's is on the left.
他是男老师。(Tā shì nán lǎoshī.) — He's a male teacher.
男生女生都来了。(Nánshēng nǚshēng dōu lái le.) — Both boys and girls came.
这个班男的多。(Zhège bān nán de duō.) — This class has more boys.
男洗手间在那边。(Nán xǐshǒujiān zài nàbian.) — The gents is over there.
他有一个男孩儿。(Tā yǒu yí gè nánháir.) — He has a boy.
353HSK 1男孩儿nánháir boy
那个男孩儿很高。(Nàge nánháir hěn gāo.) — That boy is tall.
男孩儿在打球。(Nánháir zài dǎqiú.) — The boy is playing ball.
她有两个男孩儿。(Tā yǒu liǎng gè nánháir.) — She has two boys.
男孩儿今年八岁。(Nánháir jīnnián bā suì.) — The boy is eight this year.
男孩儿喜欢跑。(Nánháir xǐhuan pǎo.) — Boys like running.
这个男孩儿很聪明。(Zhège nánháir hěn cōngming.) — This boy is clever.
354HSK 1男朋友nánpéngyou boyfriend
她有男朋友了。(Tā yǒu nánpéngyou le.) — She has a boyfriend now.
男朋友对她很好。(Nánpéngyou duì tā hěn hǎo.) — Her boyfriend is good to her.
她的男朋友是老师。(Tā de nánpéngyou shì lǎoshī.) — Her boyfriend is a teacher.
男朋友来接她。(Nánpéngyou lái jiē tā.) — Her boyfriend came to fetch her.
你有男朋友吗?(Nǐ yǒu nánpéngyou ma?) — Do you have a boyfriend?
男朋友和她一起去。(Nánpéngyou hé tā yìqǐ qù.) — Her boyfriend is going with her.
355HSK 1female
女的在右边。(Nǚ de zài yòubian.) — The ladies' is on the right.
她是女老师。(Tā shì nǚ lǎoshī.) — She's a female teacher.
这个班女的多。(Zhège bān nǚ de duō.) — This class has more girls.
女洗手间在这边。(Nǚ xǐshǒujiān zài zhèbian.) — The ladies' is this way.
他有一个女孩儿。(Tā yǒu yí gè nǚháir.) — He has a girl.
女医生在里边。(Nǚ yīshēng zài lǐbian.) — The female doctor is inside.
356HSK 1女孩儿nǚháir girl
那个女孩儿很可爱。(Nàge nǚháir hěn kě'ài.) — That girl is sweet.
女孩儿在唱歌。(Nǚháir zài chànggē.) — The girl is singing.
她有一个女孩儿。(Tā yǒu yí gè nǚháir.) — She has a girl.
女孩儿今年六岁。(Nǚháir jīnnián liù suì.) — The girl is six this year.
女孩儿喜欢花。(Nǚháir xǐhuan huā.) — Girls like flowers.
这个女孩儿很聪明。(Zhège nǚháir hěn cōngming.) — This girl is clever.
357HSK 1女朋友nǚpéngyou girlfriend
他有女朋友了。(Tā yǒu nǚpéngyou le.) — He has a girlfriend now.
女朋友很漂亮。(Nǚpéngyou hěn piàoliang.) — His girlfriend is pretty.
他的女朋友是医生。(Tā de nǚpéngyou shì yīshēng.) — His girlfriend is a doctor.
女朋友来接他。(Nǚpéngyou lái jiē tā.) — His girlfriend came to fetch him.
你有女朋友吗?(Nǐ yǒu nǚpéngyou ma?) — Do you have a girlfriend?
他和女朋友一起来。(Tā hé nǚpéngyou yìqǐ lái.) — He's coming with his girlfriend.
358HSK 1小孩儿xiǎoháir child; kid
小孩儿在睡觉。(Xiǎoháir zài shuìjiào.) — The little one is sleeping.
小孩儿很可爱。(Xiǎoháir hěn kě'ài.) — The child is sweet.
两个小孩儿在玩儿。(Liǎng gè xiǎoháir zài wánr.) — Two children are playing.
小孩儿要早点睡。(Xiǎoháir yào zǎodiǎn shuì.) — Children should sleep early.
小孩儿喜欢吃水果。(Xiǎoháir xǐhuan chī shuǐguǒ.) — Children like fruit.
这个小孩儿三岁。(Zhège xiǎoháir sān suì.) — This child is three.
359HSK 1小朋友xiǎopéngyou little friend; child
小朋友们好!(Xiǎopéngyǒumen hǎo!) — Hello, children!
小朋友在学校。(Xiǎopéngyou zài xuéxiào.) — The children are at school.
小朋友很高兴。(Xiǎopéngyou hěn gāoxìng.) — The children are happy.
小朋友要听老师的话。(Xiǎopéngyou yào tīng lǎoshī de huà.) — Children should listen to the teacher.
这个小朋友很认真。(Zhège xiǎopéngyou hěn rènzhēn.) — This child works hard.
小朋友们在唱歌。(Xiǎopéngyǒumen zài chànggē.) — The children are singing.

6. Nouns: Places & Directions (地点, 方位 - dìdiǎn, fāngwèi)

✏️ Usage: Noun + 在 + Location

💡 Grammar Tip: Location Phrases with 在

To express where something is, use the structure: Noun + 在 (zài) + Location Word (e.g., 书在桌子上 (shū zài zhuōzi shàng)). Simple location boundaries like 上 (shàng), 下 (xià), and 里 (lǐ) are attached directly to the noun without 的 (de).

No. Level Listen Chinese Pinyin English Example Examples
511HSK 1jiā home; family
我家有四口人。(Wǒ jiā yǒu sì kǒu rén.) — There are four people in my family.
他在家。(Tā zài jiā.) — He's at home.
我家很小。(Wǒ jiā hěn xiǎo.) — My home is small.
回家吧。(Huí jiā ba.) — Let's go home.
你家在哪儿?(Nǐ jiā zài nǎr?) — Where do you live?
家里没有人。(Jiā lǐ méiyǒu rén.) — Nobody's home.
512HSK 1学校xuéxiào school
我去学校。(Wǒ qù xuéxiào.) — I'm going to school.
学校很大。(Xuéxiào hěn dà.) — The school is big.
学校离我家很近。(Xuéxiào lí wǒ jiā hěn jìn.) — The school is close to home.
学校有很多学生。(Xuéxiào yǒu hěn duō xuéshēng.) — The school has many students.
明天不去学校。(Míngtiān bú qù xuéxiào.) — No school tomorrow.
学校在那边。(Xuéxiào zài nàbian.) — The school is over there.
513HSK 1大学dàxué university; college
他在上大学。(Tā zài shàng dàxué.) — He's at university.
这个大学很有名。(Zhège dàxué hěn yǒumíng.) — This university is famous.
大学离这儿很远。(Dàxué lí zhèr hěn yuǎn.) — The university is far from here.
明年我上大学。(Míngnián wǒ shàng dàxué.) — I start university next year.
大学的书很贵。(Dàxué de shū hěn guì.) — University books are expensive.
他是大学老师。(Tā shì dàxué lǎoshī.) — He's a university teacher.
515HSK 1图书馆túshūguǎn library
我在图书馆看书。(Wǒ zài túshūguǎn kànshū.) — I read at the library.
图书馆很安静。(Túshūguǎn hěn ānjìng.) — The library is quiet.
图书馆在学校里边。(Túshūguǎn zài xuéxiào lǐbian.) — The library is inside the school.
图书馆的书很多。(Túshūguǎn de shū hěn duō.) — The library has many books.
图书馆几点关门?(Túshūguǎn jǐ diǎn guānmén?) — What time does the library close?
我们去图书馆吧。(Wǒmen qù túshūguǎn ba.) — Let's go to the library.
518HSK 1商店shāngdiàn shop; store
我去商店买东西。(Wǒ qù shāngdiàn mǎi dōngxi.) — I'm going shopping at the shop.
商店在路口。(Shāngdiàn zài lùkǒu.) — The shop is at the crossroads.
商店九点开门。(Shāngdiàn jiǔ diǎn kāimén.) — The shop opens at nine.
这个商店很大。(Zhège shāngdiàn hěn dà.) — This shop is big.
商店里人很多。(Shāngdiàn lǐ rén hěn duō.) — The shop is busy.
商店的东西很贵。(Shāngdiàn de dōngxi hěn guì.) — Things at this shop are pricey.
520HSK 1饭店fàndiàn restaurant; hotel
我们在饭店吃饭。(Wǒmen zài fàndiàn chīfàn.) — We're eating at the restaurant.
这个饭店很有名。(Zhège fàndiàn hěn yǒumíng.) — This restaurant is famous.
饭店的菜很好吃。(Fàndiàn de cài hěn hǎochī.) — The restaurant food is tasty.
饭店在学校旁边。(Fàndiàn zài xuéxiào pángbiān.) — The restaurant is next to the school.
我住在这个饭店。(Wǒ zhù zài zhège fàndiàn.) — I'm staying at this hotel.
饭店人很多。(Fàndiàn rén hěn duō.) — The restaurant is busy.
523HSK 1医院yīyuàn hospital
他去医院了。(Tā qù yīyuàn le.) — He's gone to the hospital.
医院在哪儿?(Yīyuàn zài nǎr?) — Where is the hospital?
医院离这儿很近。(Yīyuàn lí zhèr hěn jìn.) — The hospital is close by.
医院里人很多。(Yīyuàn lǐ rén hěn duō.) — The hospital is busy.
我在医院工作。(Wǒ zài yīyuàn gōngzuò.) — I work at a hospital.
医院的医生很好。(Yīyuàn de yīshēng hěn hǎo.) — The hospital doctors are good.
525HSK 1机场jīchǎng airport
我去机场。(Wǒ qù jīchǎng.) — I'm going to the airport.
机场很远。(Jīchǎng hěn yuǎn.) — The airport is far.
飞机在机场。(Fēijī zài jīchǎng.) — The plane is at the airport.
机场人很多。(Jīchǎng rén hěn duō.) — The airport is busy.
去机场要一个小时。(Qù jīchǎng yào yí gè xiǎoshí.) — It takes an hour to the airport.
我在机场等你。(Wǒ zài jīchǎng děng nǐ.) — I'll wait for you at the airport.
526HSK 1车站chēzhàn station; stop
车站在那边。(Chēzhàn zài nàbian.) — The station is over there.
我在车站等你。(Wǒ zài chēzhàn děng nǐ.) — I'll wait at the station.
车站离这儿很近。(Chēzhàn lí zhèr hěn jìn.) — The station is close by.
车站人很多。(Chēzhàn rén hěn duō.) — The station is busy.
去车站怎么走?(Qù chēzhàn zěnme zǒu?) — How do I get to the station?
下一个车站下车。(Xià yí gè chēzhàn xiàchē.) — Get off at the next stop.
530HSK 1电影院diànyǐngyuàn cinema; movie theater
我们去电影院吧。(Wǒmen qù diànyǐngyuàn ba.) — Let's go to the cinema.
电影院在商场里。(Diànyǐngyuàn zài shāngchǎng lǐ.) — The cinema is in the mall.
电影院人很多。(Diànyǐngyuàn rén hěn duō.) — The cinema is busy.
电影院的票很贵。(Diànyǐngyuàn de piào hěn guì.) — Cinema tickets are expensive.
电影院离这儿不远。(Diànyǐngyuàn lí zhèr bù yuǎn.) — The cinema isn't far.
他在电影院工作。(Tā zài diànyǐngyuàn gōngzuò.) — He works at the cinema.
531HSK 1地方dìfang place; space
这个地方很好。(Zhège dìfang hěn hǎo.) — This place is nice.
你住在什么地方?(Nǐ zhù zài shénme dìfang?) — Where do you live?
这个地方很安静。(Zhège dìfang hěn ānjìng.) — This place is quiet.
我想去别的地方。(Wǒ xiǎng qù bié de dìfang.) — I'd like to go somewhere else.
那个地方很远。(Nàge dìfang hěn yuǎn.) — That place is far.
有地方坐吗?(Yǒu dìfang zuò ma?) — Is there somewhere to sit?
532HSK 1中国Zhōngguó China
我在中国学习。(Wǒ zài Zhōngguó xuéxí.) — I study in China.
中国很大。(Zhōngguó hěn dà.) — China is big.
他是中国人。(Tā shì Zhōngguó rén.) — He's Chinese.
我想去中国。(Wǒ xiǎng qù Zhōngguó.) — I'd like to go to China.
中国的茶很有名。(Zhōngguó de chá hěn yǒumíng.) — Chinese tea is famous.
中国有很多山。(Zhōngguó yǒu hěn duō shān.) — China has many mountains.
533HSK 1北京Běijīng Beijing
北京是中国的首都。(Běijīng shì Zhōngguó de shǒudū.) — Beijing is China's capital.
我住在北京。(Wǒ zhù zài Běijīng.) — I live in Beijing.
北京很大。(Běijīng hěn dà.) — Beijing is big.
北京的冬天很冷。(Běijīng de dōngtiān hěn lěng.) — Beijing winters are cold.
我去过北京。(Wǒ qùguò Běijīng.) — I've been to Beijing.
从北京到这儿很远。(Cóng Běijīng dào zhèr hěn yuǎn.) — It's far from Beijing to here.
534HSK 1外国wàiguó foreign country
他是外国人。(Tā shì wàiguó rén.) — He's a foreigner.
我想去外国。(Wǒ xiǎng qù wàiguó.) — I'd like to go abroad.
外国的东西很贵。(Wàiguó de dōngxi hěn guì.) — Foreign goods are expensive.
她在外国学习。(Tā zài wàiguó xuéxí.) — She studies abroad.
外国朋友来了。(Wàiguó péngyou lái le.) — A foreign friend arrived.
外国话很难学。(Wàiguó huà hěn nán xué.) — Foreign languages are hard.
540HSK 1国家guójiā country; nation
中国是一个大国家。(Zhōngguó shì yí gè dà guójiā.) — China is a big country.
你是哪个国家的?(Nǐ shì nǎge guójiā de?) — Which country are you from?
很多国家都很小。(Hěn duō guójiā dōu hěn xiǎo.) — Many countries are small.
这个国家很美。(Zhège guójiā hěn měi.) — This country is beautiful.
两个国家是朋友。(Liǎng gè guójiā shì péngyou.) — The two countries are friends.
国家有很多人。(Guójiā yǒu hěn duō rén.) — The country has many people.
541HSK 1书店shūdiàn bookstore
我去书店买书。(Wǒ qù shūdiàn mǎi shū.) — I'm going to the bookshop.
书店在学校旁边。(Shūdiàn zài xuéxiào pángbiān.) — The bookshop is next to the school.
书店的书很多。(Shūdiàn de shū hěn duō.) — The bookshop has many books.
书店几点关门?(Shūdiàn jǐ diǎn guānmén?) — What time does the bookshop close?
这个书店很小。(Zhège shūdiàn hěn xiǎo.) — This bookshop is small.
书店里人不多。(Shūdiàn lǐ rén bù duō.) — The bookshop isn't busy.
543HSK 1洗手间xǐshǒujiān restroom; toilet
洗手间在哪儿?(Xǐshǒujiān zài nǎr?) — Where's the toilet?
洗手间在那边。(Xǐshǒujiān zài nàbian.) — The toilet is over there.
洗手间很干净。(Xǐshǒujiān hěn gānjìng.) — The toilet is clean.
请问洗手间怎么走?(Qǐngwèn xǐshǒujiān zěnme zǒu?) — Excuse me, how do I get to the toilet?
洗手间在二楼。(Xǐshǒujiān zài èr lóu.) — The toilet is on the first floor.
洗手间有人吗?(Xǐshǒujiān yǒu rén ma?) — Is the toilet occupied?
547HSK 1běi north
我家在北边。(Wǒ jiā zài běibian.) — My home is to the north.
北京在中国的北。(Běijīng zài Zhōngguó de běi.) — Beijing is in the north of China.
北方的冬天很冷。(Běifāng de dōngtiān hěn lěng.) — Northern winters are cold.
车往北开。(Chē wǎng běi kāi.) — The car heads north.
学校在北边。(Xuéxiào zài běibian.) — The school is to the north.
北边有一个商店。(Běibian yǒu yí gè shāngdiàn.) — There's a shop to the north.
548HSK 1地点dìdiǎn location; place
地点在哪儿?(Dìdiǎn zài nǎr?) — Where's the location?
考试的地点是教室。(Kǎoshì de dìdiǎn shì jiàoshì.) — The exam venue is the classroom.
请写上时间和地点。(Qǐng xiěshàng shíjiān hé dìdiǎn.) — Please write the time and place.
见面的地点在门口。(Jiànmiàn de dìdiǎn zài ménkǒu.) — We're meeting at the entrance.
这个地点很好找。(Zhège dìdiǎn hěn hǎo zhǎo.) — This spot is easy to find.
地点没有改。(Dìdiǎn méiyǒu gǎi.) — The venue hasn't changed.
549HSK 1dōng east
太阳从东边出来。(Tàiyáng cóng dōngbian chūlái.) — The sun rises in the east.
学校在东边。(Xuéxiào zài dōngbian.) — The school is to the east.
往东走五分钟。(Wǎng dōng zǒu wǔ fēnzhōng.) — Walk east for five minutes.
东边有一个商店。(Dōngbian yǒu yí gè shāngdiàn.) — There's a shop to the east.
他家在城市的东。(Tā jiā zài chéngshì de dōng.) — His home is in the east of the city.
车往东开走了。(Chē wǎng dōng kāizǒu le.) — The car drove off east.
550HSK 1房间fángjiān room
我的房间很小。(Wǒ de fángjiān hěn xiǎo.) — My room is small.
房间很干净。(Fángjiān hěn gānjìng.) — The room is clean.
房间里有一张床。(Fángjiān lǐ yǒu yì zhāng chuáng.) — There's a bed in the room.
这个房间是我的。(Zhège fángjiān shì wǒ de.) — This room is mine.
房间在二楼。(Fángjiān zài èr lóu.) — The room is on the first floor.
房间里没有人。(Fángjiān lǐ méiyǒu rén.) — There's nobody in the room.
551HSK 1房子fángzi house
这个房子很大。(Zhège fángzi hěn dà.) — This house is big.
房子很贵。(Fángzi hěn guì.) — Houses are expensive.
他买了一个房子。(Tā mǎile yí gè fángzi.) — He bought a house.
房子在山下边。(Fángzi zài shān xiàbian.) — The house is at the foot of the hill.
这个房子很老。(Zhège fángzi hěn lǎo.) — This house is old.
房子里有五个房间。(Fángzi lǐ yǒu wǔ gè fángjiān.) — The house has five rooms.
552HSK 1guó country; nation
你是哪国人?(Nǐ shì nǎ guó rén?) — What nationality are you?
中国是一个大国。(Zhōngguó shì yí gè dà guó.) — China is a big country.
他去了外国。(Tā qùle wàiguó.) — He went abroad.
两国是朋友。(Liǎng guó shì péngyou.) — The two countries are friends.
我爱我的国家。(Wǒ ài wǒ de guójiā.) — I love my country.
这个国很小。(Zhège guó hěn xiǎo.) — This country is small.
553HSK 1国外guówài abroad; overseas
他在国外工作。(Tā zài guówài gōngzuò.) — He works abroad.
我想去国外看看。(Wǒ xiǎng qù guówài kànkan.) — I'd like to see something of abroad.
国外的东西很贵。(Guówài de dōngxi hěn guì.) — Things abroad are expensive.
她在国外学习。(Tā zài guówài xuéxí.) — She studies abroad.
去国外要买机票。(Qù guówài yào mǎi jīpiào.) — You need a plane ticket to go abroad.
国外的朋友来了。(Guówài de péngyou lái le.) — A friend from abroad arrived.
554HSK 1家里jiālǐ at home; in the family
家里没有人。(Jiā lǐ méiyǒu rén.) — Nobody's home.
家里很干净。(Jiā lǐ hěn gānjìng.) — The house is clean.
我在家里看书。(Wǒ zài jiā lǐ kànshū.) — I read at home.
家里有一只猫。(Jiā lǐ yǒu yì zhī māo.) — There's a cat at home.
家里的东西很多。(Jiā lǐ de dōngxi hěn duō.) — There's a lot of stuff at home.
他不在家里。(Tā bú zài jiā lǐ.) — He isn't at home.
555HSK 1lóu building; floor
我住在三楼。(Wǒ zhù zài sān lóu.) — I live on the second floor.
这个楼很高。(Zhège lóu hěn gāo.) — This building is tall.
楼下有一个商店。(Lóu xià yǒu yí gè shāngdiàn.) — There's a shop downstairs.
教学楼在那边。(Jiàoxué lóu zài nàbian.) — The teaching building is over there.
上楼要走路。(Shàng lóu yào zǒulù.) — You have to walk up.
楼里人很多。(Lóu lǐ rén hěn duō.) — The building is busy.
556HSK 1road; way
这条路很长。(Zhè tiáo lù hěn cháng.) — This road is long.
路上人很多。(Lùshang rén hěn duō.) — The road is busy.
我不认识路。(Wǒ bú rènshi lù.) — I don't know the way.
往前走这条路。(Wǎng qián zǒu zhè tiáo lù.) — Go straight along this road.
路很远,坐车去吧。(Lù hěn yuǎn, zuòchē qù ba.) — It's far, let's take the bus.
过路要小心。(Guò lù yào xiǎoxīn.) — Be careful crossing the road.
557HSK 1路口lùkǒu intersection
商店在路口。(Shāngdiàn zài lùkǒu.) — The shop is at the crossroads.
在路口往左走。(Zài lùkǒu wǎng zuǒ zǒu.) — Turn left at the crossroads.
路口有很多车。(Lùkǒu yǒu hěn duō chē.) — There's a lot of traffic at the junction.
下一个路口右边。(Xià yí gè lùkǒu yòubian.) — Right at the next junction.
路口人很多。(Lùkǒu rén hěn duō.) — The crossroads is busy.
我在路口等你。(Wǒ zài lùkǒu děng nǐ.) — I'll wait at the crossroads.
558HSK 1马路mǎlù road; street
过马路要小心。(Guò mǎlù yào xiǎoxīn.) — Be careful crossing the road.
马路上车很多。(Mǎlù shàng chē hěn duō.) — There's heavy traffic on the road.
这条马路很宽。(Zhè tiáo mǎlù hěn kuān.) — This road is wide.
学校在马路对面。(Xuéxiào zài mǎlù duìmiàn.) — The school is across the road.
马路旁边有树。(Mǎlù pángbiān yǒu shù.) — There are trees beside the road.
不要在马路上玩儿。(Búyào zài mǎlù shàng wánr.) — Don't play in the road.
559HSK 1门口ménkǒu doorway; entrance
我在门口等你。(Wǒ zài ménkǒu děng nǐ.) — I'll wait at the door.
门口有人。(Ménkǒu yǒu rén.) — There's someone at the door.
学校门口很热闹。(Xuéxiào ménkǒu hěn rènao.) — The school gate is lively.
车停在门口。(Chē tíng zài ménkǒu.) — The car is parked at the entrance.
门口不能停车。(Ménkǒu bù néng tíngchē.) — No parking at the entrance.
他站在门口。(Tā zhàn zài ménkǒu.) — He's standing at the door.
560HSK 1nán south
我家在南边。(Wǒ jiā zài nánbian.) — My home is to the south.
南方的冬天不冷。(Nánfāng de dōngtiān bù lěng.) — Southern winters aren't cold.
往南走就到了。(Wǎng nán zǒu jiù dào le.) — Go south and you're there.
南边有一个公园。(Nánbian yǒu yí gè gōngyuán.) — There's a park to the south.
他从南边来。(Tā cóng nánbian lái.) — He comes from the south.
学校在城市的南。(Xuéxiào zài chéngshì de nán.) — The school is in the south of the city.
561HSK 1商场shāngchǎng shopping mall
我们去商场买东西。(Wǒmen qù shāngchǎng mǎi dōngxi.) — Let's go shopping at the mall.
商场很大。(Shāngchǎng hěn dà.) — The mall is big.
商场里人很多。(Shāngchǎng lǐ rén hěn duō.) — The mall is busy.
商场十点开门。(Shāngchǎng shí diǎn kāimén.) — The mall opens at ten.
商场的东西很贵。(Shāngchǎng de dōngxi hěn guì.) — Things at the mall are pricey.
电影院在商场里。(Diànyǐngyuàn zài shāngchǎng lǐ.) — The cinema is in the mall.
562HSK 1西west
太阳往西边下去。(Tàiyáng wǎng xībian xiàqù.) — The sun sets in the west.
学校在西边。(Xuéxiào zài xībian.) — The school is to the west.
往西走十分钟。(Wǎng xī zǒu shí fēnzhōng.) — Walk west for ten minutes.
西边有一个车站。(Xībian yǒu yí gè chēzhàn.) — There's a station to the west.
他家在城市的西。(Tā jiā zài chéngshì de xī.) — His home is in the west of the city.
西边的山很高。(Xībian de shān hěn gāo.) — The mountains to the west are high.
563HSK 1在家zàijiā at home
我今天在家。(Wǒ jīntiān zài jiā.) — I'm home today.
他不在家。(Tā bú zài jiā.) — He isn't home.
在家休息很好。(Zài jiā xiūxi hěn hǎo.) — Resting at home is nice.
妈妈在家做饭。(Māma zài jiā zuòfàn.) — Mum is cooking at home.
下雨天我在家。(Xiàyǔ tiān wǒ zài jiā.) — I stay home on rainy days.
你在家吗?(Nǐ zài jiā ma?) — Are you home?

7. Nouns: More Directions & Locations (方位, 位置 - fāngwèi, wèizhi)

✏️ Usage: Reference + (的) + Direction

💡 Grammar Tip: Modifying Directions

Directional terms function as nouns in Chinese. Phrases like 我的左边 (wǒ de zuǒbian) ("my left side") position the reference object first, followed optionally by 的 (de), and finally the directional word.

No. Level Listen Chinese Pinyin English Example Examples
700HSK 1左边zuǒbian left side
书在左边。(Shū zài zuǒbian.) — The book is on the left.
左边有一个商店。(Zuǒbian yǒu yí gè shāngdiàn.) — There's a shop on the left.
往左边走。(Wǎng zuǒbian zǒu.) — Go to the left.
他坐在我左边。(Tā zuò zài wǒ zuǒbian.) — He sits on my left.
左边的房间是我的。(Zuǒbian de fángjiān shì wǒ de.) — The room on the left is mine.
左边没有人。(Zuǒbian méiyǒu rén.) — There's nobody on the left.
701HSK 1右边yòubian right side
洗手间在右边。(Xǐshǒujiān zài yòubian.) — The toilet is on the right.
右边有一个车站。(Yòubian yǒu yí gè chēzhàn.) — There's a station on the right.
往右边走。(Wǎng yòubian zǒu.) — Go to the right.
她坐在我右边。(Tā zuò zài wǒ yòubian.) — She sits on my right.
右边的书是新的。(Yòubian de shū shì xīn de.) — The book on the right is new.
右边人很多。(Yòubian rén hěn duō.) — It's crowded on the right.
704HSK 1旁边pángbiān side; beside
学校在医院旁边。(Xuéxiào zài yīyuàn pángbiān.) — The school is next to the hospital.
他坐在我旁边。(Tā zuò zài wǒ pángbiān.) — He's sitting next to me.
旁边有一个书店。(Pángbiān yǒu yí gè shūdiàn.) — There's a bookshop next door.
请坐在我旁边。(Qǐng zuò zài wǒ pángbiān.) — Please sit next to me.
旁边的房子很大。(Pángbiān de fángzi hěn dà.) — The house next door is big.
车站就在旁边。(Chēzhàn jiù zài pángbiān.) — The station is right next door.
705HSK 1中间zhōngjiān middle; center
他坐在中间。(Tā zuò zài zhōngjiān.) — He's sitting in the middle.
中间有一张桌子。(Zhōngjiān yǒu yì zhāng zhuōzi.) — There's a table in the middle.
房间中间很干净。(Fángjiān zhōngjiān hěn gānjìng.) — The middle of the room is clean.
中间的书是我的。(Zhōngjiān de shū shì wǒ de.) — The book in the middle is mine.
请站在中间。(Qǐng zhàn zài zhōngjiān.) — Please stand in the middle.
两个人中间有一个孩子。(Liǎng gè rén zhōngjiān yǒu yí gè háizi.) — There's a child between the two.
707HSK 1东边dōngbian east; eastern side
学校在东边。(Xuéxiào zài dōngbian.) — The school is to the east.
东边有一个商店。(Dōngbian yǒu yí gè shāngdiàn.) — There's a shop to the east.
太阳从东边出来。(Tàiyáng cóng dōngbian chūlái.) — The sun rises in the east.
往东边走五分钟。(Wǎng dōngbian zǒu wǔ fēnzhōng.) — Walk east for five minutes.
东边的房子很老。(Dōngbian de fángzi hěn lǎo.) — The houses to the east are old.
他家在东边。(Tā jiā zài dōngbian.) — His home is to the east.
708HSK 1西边xībian west; western side
车站在西边。(Chēzhàn zài xībian.) — The station is to the west.
西边有一座山。(Xībian yǒu yí zuò shān.) — There's a mountain to the west.
太阳往西边下去。(Tàiyáng wǎng xībian xiàqù.) — The sun sets in the west.
往西边走就到了。(Wǎng xībian zǒu jiù dào le.) — Walk west and you're there.
西边的路很长。(Xībian de lù hěn cháng.) — The road west is long.
我家在西边。(Wǒ jiā zài xībian.) — My home is to the west.
709HSK 1南边nánbian south; southern side
我家在南边。(Wǒ jiā zài nánbian.) — My home is to the south.
南边有一个公园。(Nánbian yǒu yí gè gōngyuán.) — There's a park to the south.
南边的天气很好。(Nánbian de tiānqì hěn hǎo.) — The weather is nice in the south.
往南边走十分钟。(Wǎng nánbian zǒu shí fēnzhōng.) — Walk south for ten minutes.
南边人很多。(Nánbian rén hěn duō.) — It's busy to the south.
学校在南边。(Xuéxiào zài nánbian.) — The school is to the south.
710HSK 1北边běibian north; northern side
学校在北边。(Xuéxiào zài běibian.) — The school is to the north.
北边有一个商店。(Běibian yǒu yí gè shāngdiàn.) — There's a shop to the north.
北边的冬天很冷。(Běibian de dōngtiān hěn lěng.) — Winters in the north are cold.
往北边走五分钟。(Wǎng běibian zǒu wǔ fēnzhōng.) — Walk north for five minutes.
他家在北边。(Tā jiā zài běibian.) — His home is to the north.
北边有一条路。(Běibian yǒu yì tiáo lù.) — There's a road to the north.
712HSK 1地方dìfang place; location
这个地方很好。(Zhège dìfang hěn hǎo.) — This place is nice.
你住在什么地方?(Nǐ zhù zài shénme dìfang?) — Where do you live?
这个地方很安静。(Zhège dìfang hěn ānjìng.) — This place is quiet.
我想去别的地方。(Wǒ xiǎng qù bié de dìfang.) — I'd like to go somewhere else.
那个地方很远。(Nàge dìfang hěn yuǎn.) — That place is far.
有地方坐吗?(Yǒu dìfang zuò ma?) — Is there somewhere to sit?
714HSK 1车上chēshàng on the bus/car
车上人很多。(Chē shàng rén hěn duō.) — The bus is crowded.
我的包在车上。(Wǒ de bāo zài chē shàng.) — My bag is on the bus.
车上不能吃东西。(Chē shàng bù néng chī dōngxi.) — No eating on the bus.
他在车上睡着了。(Tā zài chē shàng shuìzháo le.) — He fell asleep on the bus.
车上有座位吗?(Chē shàng yǒu zuòwèi ma?) — Are there seats on the bus?
车上很热。(Chē shàng hěn rè.) — It's hot on the bus.
715HSK 1地上dìshang on the ground
书在地上。(Shū zài dì shàng.) — The book is on the floor.
别坐在地上。(Bié zuò zài dì shàng.) — Don't sit on the floor.
地上很干净。(Dì shàng hěn gānjìng.) — The floor is clean.
东西掉在地上了。(Dōngxi diào zài dì shàng le.) — It fell on the floor.
地上有水,小心。(Dì shàng yǒu shuǐ, xiǎoxīn.) — There's water on the floor, careful.
孩子在地上玩儿。(Háizi zài dì shàng wánr.) — The child is playing on the floor.
716HSK 1hòu behind; after
他在我后边。(Tā zài wǒ hòubian.) — He's behind me.
以后再说吧。(Yǐhòu zài shuō ba.) — Let's talk about it later.
下课以后回家。(Xiàkè yǐhòu huí jiā.) — I go home after class.
后天见!(Hòutiān jiàn!) — See you the day after tomorrow!
房子后有一棵树。(Fángzi hòu yǒu yì kē shù.) — There's a tree behind the house.
最后一个人走了。(Zuìhòu yí gè rén zǒu le.) — The last person left.
717HSK 1后边hòubian behind; the back
他站在我后边。(Tā zhàn zài wǒ hòubian.) — He's standing behind me.
后边有座位。(Hòubian yǒu zuòwèi.) — There are seats at the back.
学校后边有一条路。(Xuéxiào hòubian yǒu yì tiáo lù.) — There's a road behind the school.
请坐在后边。(Qǐng zuò zài hòubian.) — Please sit at the back.
后边的人看不见。(Hòubian de rén kàn bu jiàn.) — People at the back can't see.
车站在后边。(Chēzhàn zài hòubian.) — The station is round the back.
718HSK 1inside; in
书在包里。(Shū zài bāo lǐ.) — The book is in the bag.
家里没有人。(Jiā lǐ méiyǒu rén.) — Nobody's home.
房间里很干净。(Fángjiān lǐ hěn gānjìng.) — The room is clean inside.
杯子里有水。(Bēizi lǐ yǒu shuǐ.) — There's water in the cup.
教室里有二十个学生。(Jiàoshì lǐ yǒu èrshí gè xuéshēng.) — There are twenty students in the classroom.
商店里人很多。(Shāngdiàn lǐ rén hěn duō.) — The shop is busy inside.
719HSK 1里边lǐbian inside
他在里边。(Tā zài lǐbian.) — He's inside.
里边有人吗?(Lǐbian yǒu rén ma?) — Is anyone inside?
请到里边坐。(Qǐng dào lǐbian zuò.) — Please come and sit inside.
里边很安静。(Lǐbian hěn ānjìng.) — It's quiet inside.
里边的房间很大。(Lǐbian de fángjiān hěn dà.) — The inner room is big.
书放在里边。(Shū fàng zài lǐbian.) — The books are kept inside.
720HSK 1楼上lóushàng upstairs
他住在楼上。(Tā zhù zài lóu shàng.) — He lives upstairs.
楼上有人吗?(Lóu shàng yǒu rén ma?) — Is anyone upstairs?
楼上很安静。(Lóu shàng hěn ānjìng.) — It's quiet upstairs.
我去楼上看看。(Wǒ qù lóu shàng kànkan.) — I'll go up and have a look.
楼上的房间很大。(Lóu shàng de fángjiān hěn dà.) — The upstairs room is big.
洗手间在楼上。(Xǐshǒujiān zài lóu shàng.) — The toilet is upstairs.
721HSK 1楼下lóuxià downstairs
楼下有一个商店。(Lóu xià yǒu yí gè shāngdiàn.) — There's a shop downstairs.
我在楼下等你。(Wǒ zài lóu xià děng nǐ.) — I'll wait downstairs.
楼下人很多。(Lóu xià rén hěn duō.) — It's busy downstairs.
楼下有一家商店。(Lóu xià yǒu yì jiā shāngdiàn.) — There is a shop downstairs.
楼下很热闹。(Lóu xià hěn rènao.) — It's lively downstairs.
车停在楼下。(Chē tíng zài lóu xià.) — The car is parked downstairs.
722HSK 1路上lùshang on the way; on the road
路上人很多。(Lùshang rén hěn duō.) — The street is busy.
路上小心。(Lùshang xiǎoxīn.) — Take care on the way.
我在路上看见他。(Wǒ zài lùshang kànjiàn tā.) — I saw him on the way.
路上要一个小时。(Lùshang yào yí gè xiǎoshí.) — The journey takes an hour.
路上下雨了。(Lùshang xiàyǔ le.) — It rained on the way.
路上不要看手机。(Lùshang búyào kàn shǒujī.) — Don't look at your phone while walking.
723HSK 1那边nàbian that side; over there
他在那边。(Tā zài nàbian.) — He's over there.
那边有一个商店。(Nàbian yǒu yí gè shāngdiàn.) — There's a shop over there.
洗手间在那边。(Xǐshǒujiān zài nàbian.) — The toilet is over there.
我们去那边坐吧。(Wǒmen qù nàbian zuò ba.) — Let's go and sit over there.
那边人很多。(Nàbian rén hěn duō.) — It's crowded over there.
那边的房子很新。(Nàbian de fángzi hěn xīn.) — The houses over there are new.
724HSK 1qián front; before
他在我前边。(Tā zài wǒ qiánbian.) — He's in front of me.
以前我住在北京。(Yǐqián wǒ zhù zài Běijīng.) — I used to live in Beijing.
前天下雨了。(Qiántiān xiàyǔ le.) — It rained the day before yesterday.
往前走就到了。(Wǎng qián zǒu jiù dào le.) — Go straight ahead and you're there.
房子前有一棵树。(Fángzi qián yǒu yì kē shù.) — There's a tree in front of the house.
吃饭前要洗手。(Chīfàn qián yào xǐshǒu.) — Wash your hands before eating.
725HSK 1前边qiánbian in front; front side
他站在前边。(Tā zhàn zài qiánbian.) — He's standing at the front.
前边有一个车站。(Qiánbian yǒu yí gè chēzhàn.) — There's a station up ahead.
请坐在前边。(Qǐng zuò zài qiánbian.) — Please sit at the front.
前边的路很长。(Qiánbian de lù hěn cháng.) — The road ahead is long.
学校在前边。(Xuéxiào zài qiánbian.) — The school is up ahead.
前边人很多。(Qiánbian rén hěn duō.) — It's crowded at the front.
726HSK 1shàng on; above; to go (to a place)
书在桌子上。(Shū zài zhuōzi shàng.) — The book is on the table.
我上楼了。(Wǒ shàng lóu le.) — I went upstairs.
八点上班。(Bā diǎn shàngbān.) — Work starts at eight.
上个星期他来了。(Shàng gè xīngqī tā lái le.) — He came last week.
上车吧。(Shàngchē ba.) — Get in.
请上课。(Qǐng shàngkè.) — Class, please begin.
727HSK 1上边shàngbian above; on top
书在上边。(Shū zài shàngbian.) — The book is on top.
上边有一个字。(Shàngbian yǒu yí gè zì.) — There's a character above.
请写在上边。(Qǐng xiě zài shàngbian.) — Please write it above.
上边的房间是我的。(Shàngbian de fángjiān shì wǒ de.) — The room above is mine.
上边没有人。(Shàngbian méiyǒu rén.) — There's nobody upstairs.
东西放在上边。(Dōngxi fàng zài shàngbian.) — Put the things on top.
728HSK 1wài outside
他在外边。(Tā zài wàibian.) — He's outside.
外国人很多。(Wàiguó rén hěn duō.) — There are many foreigners.
门外有人。(Mén wài yǒu rén.) — There's someone outside the door.
外面在下雨。(Wàimiàn zài xiàyǔ.) — It is raining outside.
外边很冷。(Wàibian hěn lěng.) — It's cold outside.
我去外边走走。(Wǒ qù wàibian zǒuzou.) — I'm going for a walk outside.
729HSK 1外边wàibian outside
外边很冷。(Wàibian hěn lěng.) — It's cold outside.
外边下雨了。(Wàibian xiàyǔ le.) — It's raining outside.
他在外边等你。(Tā zài wàibian děng nǐ.) — He's waiting for you outside.
外边有人吗?(Wàibian yǒu rén ma?) — Is there anyone outside?
外边的车很多。(Wàibian de chē hěn duō.) — There's a lot of traffic outside.
我们去外边吃饭。(Wǒmen qù wàibian chīfàn.) — Let's eat out.
730HSK 1下边xiàbian below; underneath
书在下边。(Shū zài xiàbian.) — The book is underneath.
下边有一个商店。(Xiàbian yǒu yí gè shāngdiàn.) — There's a shop below.
请看下边的字。(Qǐng kàn xiàbian de zì.) — Please look at the characters below.
桌子下边有一只猫。(Zhuōzi xiàbian yǒu yì zhī māo.) — There's a cat under the table.
下边的房间没有人。(Xiàbian de fángjiān méiyǒu rén.) — The room below is empty.
东西放在下边。(Dōngxi fàng zài xiàbian.) — Put the things underneath.
731HSK 1yòu right (side)
往右走。(Wǎng yòu zǒu.) — Go right.
右边有一个车站。(Yòubian yǒu yí gè chēzhàn.) — There's a station on the right.
他用右手写字。(Tā yòng yòu shǒu xiězì.) — He writes with his right hand.
右手很疼。(Yòu shǒu hěn téng.) — My right hand hurts.
在路口往右。(Zài lùkǒu wǎng yòu.) — Turn right at the crossroads.
右边的门开着。(Yòubian de mén kāizhe.) — The right-hand door is open.
732HSK 1这边zhèbian this side; here
请到这边来。(Qǐng dào zhèbian lái.) — Please come this way.
这边有座位。(Zhèbian yǒu zuòwèi.) — There are seats over here.
这边人不多。(Zhèbian rén bù duō.) — It isn't crowded over here.
洗手间在这边。(Xǐshǒujiān zài zhèbian.) — The toilet is this way.
这边的房子很新。(Zhèbian de fángzi hěn xīn.) — The houses here are new.
我们坐这边吧。(Wǒmen zuò zhèbian ba.) — Let's sit over here.
733HSK 1zhōng middle; in; among
他坐在中间。(Tā zuò zài zhōngjiān.) — He's sitting in the middle.
我在学习中文。(Wǒ zài xuéxí Zhōngwén.) — I'm learning Chinese.
中午我们吃饭。(Zhōngwǔ wǒmen chīfàn.) — We eat at midday.
他是中学生。(Tā shì zhōngxuéshēng.) — He's a secondary school student.
中国很大。(Zhōngguó hěn dà.) — China is big.
三个人中,他最高。(Sān gè rén zhōng, tā zuì gāo.) — Of the three, he's the tallest.
734HSK 1zuǒ left (side)
往左走。(Wǎng zuǒ zǒu.) — Go left.
左边有一个商店。(Zuǒbian yǒu yí gè shāngdiàn.) — There's a shop on the left.
他用左手写字。(Tā yòng zuǒ shǒu xiězì.) — He writes with his left hand.
在路口往左。(Zài lùkǒu wǎng zuǒ.) — Turn left at the crossroads.
左手拿书。(Zuǒ shǒu ná shū.) — Hold the book in your left hand.
左边的门关着。(Zuǒbian de mén guānzhe.) — The left-hand door is shut.

8. Nouns: Daily Objects, Clothes, Food & Nature (日常用品, 衣服, 食物, 自然 - rìcháng yòngpǐn, yīfu, shíwù, zìrán)

✏️ Usage: Adjective + 的 + Noun

💡 Grammar Tip: Modifying Nouns

When specifying attributes of an object (such as color, origin, or material), modifiers are placed *before* the head noun. Example: 红色的苹果 (hóngsè de píngguǒ) ("red apple").

No. Level Listen Chinese Pinyin English Example Examples
791HSK 1东西dōngxi thing; object
我去买东西。(Wǒ qù mǎi dōngxi.) — I'm going shopping.
东西很贵。(Dōngxi hěn guì.) — Things are expensive.
这是什么东西?(Zhè shì shénme dōngxi?) — What is this thing?
东西太多了。(Dōngxi tài duō le.) — There's too much stuff.
我的东西在包里。(Wǒ de dōngxi zài bāo lǐ.) — My things are in the bag.
好吃的东西很多。(Hǎochī de dōngxi hěn duō.) — There's plenty of nice food.
792HSK 1qián money
这个多少钱?(Zhège duōshǎo qián?) — How much is this?
我没有钱。(Wǒ méiyǒu qián.) — I have no money.
钱在钱包里。(Qián zài qiánbāo lǐ.) — The money is in my wallet.
这本书很贵,要一百块钱。(Zhè běn shū hěn guì, yào yìbǎi kuài qián.) — This book is dear, a hundred yuan.
钱不够。(Qián bú gòu.) — There isn't enough money.
他给了我一些钱。(Tā gěile wǒ yìxiē qián.) — He gave me some money.
793HSK 1shuǐ water
我想喝水。(Wǒ xiǎng hē shuǐ.) — I want to drink water.
杯子里有水。(Bēizi lǐ yǒu shuǐ.) — There's water in the cup.
水很凉。(Shuǐ hěn liáng.) — The water is cold.
请给我一杯水。(Qǐng gěi wǒ yì bēi shuǐ.) — A glass of water, please.
多喝水对身体好。(Duō hē shuǐ duì shēntǐ hǎo.) — Drinking water is good for you.
地上有水。(Dì shàng yǒu shuǐ.) — There's water on the floor.
794HSK 1chá tea
我喜欢喝茶。(Wǒ xǐhuan hē chá.) — I like drinking tea.
请喝茶。(Qǐng hē chá.) — Please have some tea.
这个茶很好喝。(Zhège chá hěn hǎohē.) — This tea is nice.
中国的茶很有名。(Zhōngguó de chá hěn yǒumíng.) — Chinese tea is famous.
爷爷每天喝茶。(Yéye měitiān hē chá.) — Grandpa drinks tea every day.
茶还是水?(Chá háishì shuǐ?) — Tea or water?
796HSK 1牛奶niúnǎi milk
我早上喝牛奶。(Wǒ zǎoshang hē niúnǎi.) — I drink milk in the morning.
牛奶在这儿。(Niúnǎi zài zhèr.) — The milk is here.
孩子喜欢喝牛奶。(Háizi xǐhuan hē niúnǎi.) — Children like milk.
一杯牛奶。(Yì bēi niúnǎi.) — A glass of milk.
牛奶很好喝。(Niúnǎi hěn hǎohē.) — The milk is nice.
牛奶不贵。(Niúnǎi bú guì.) — Milk isn't expensive.
798HSK 1fàn cooked rice; meal
我们吃饭吧。(Wǒmen chīfàn ba.) — Let's eat.
饭很好吃。(Fàn hěn hǎochī.) — The food is tasty.
妈妈在做饭。(Māma zài zuòfàn.) — Mum is cooking.
你吃饭了吗?(Nǐ chīfàn le ma?) — Have you eaten?
一天吃三次饭。(Yì tiān chī sān cì fàn.) — We eat three times a day.
饭在桌子上。(Fàn zài zhuōzi shàng.) — The food is on the table.
799HSK 1米饭mǐfàn cooked rice
我要一碗米饭。(Wǒ yào yì wǎn mǐfàn.) — I'd like a bowl of rice.
米饭很好吃。(Mǐfàn hěn hǎochī.) — The rice is tasty.
中国人常吃米饭。(Zhōngguó rén cháng chī mǐfàn.) — Chinese people often eat rice.
米饭还是面条?(Mǐfàn háishì miàntiáo?) — Rice or noodles?
米饭不够了。(Mǐfàn bú gòu le.) — We've run out of rice.
他不喜欢吃米饭。(Tā bù xǐhuan chī mǐfàn.) — He doesn't like rice.
800HSK 1面条miàntiáo noodles
我喜欢吃面条。(Wǒ xǐhuan chī miàntiáo.) — I like noodles.
面条很好吃。(Miàntiáo hěn hǎochī.) — The noodles are tasty.
一碗面条多少钱?(Yì wǎn miàntiáo duōshǎo qián?) — How much is a bowl of noodles?
妈妈做的面条最好吃。(Māma zuò de miàntiáo zuì hǎochī.) — Mum's noodles are the best.
米饭还是面条?(Mǐfàn háishì miàntiáo?) — Rice or noodles?
生日吃面条。(Shēngrì chī miàntiáo.) — We eat noodles on birthdays.
801HSK 1包子bāozi steamed stuffed bun
我早上吃包子。(Wǒ zǎoshang chī bāozi.) — I have baozi for breakfast.
包子很好吃。(Bāozi hěn hǎochī.) — The baozi are tasty.
两个包子够了。(Liǎng gè bāozi gòu le.) — Two baozi is enough.
包子一块钱一个。(Bāozi yí kuài qián yí gè.) — Baozi are one yuan each.
他买了三个包子。(Tā mǎile sān gè bāozi.) — He bought three baozi.
热包子最好吃。(Rè bāozi zuì hǎochī.) — Hot baozi are the best.
803HSK 1面包miànbāo bread
我喜欢吃面包。(Wǒ xǐhuan chī miànbāo.) — I like bread.
一块面包。(Yí kuài miànbāo.) — A piece of bread.
面包在桌子上。(Miànbāo zài zhuōzi shàng.) — The bread is on the table.
早上我吃面包喝牛奶。(Zǎoshang wǒ chī miànbāo hē niúnǎi.) — I have bread and milk in the morning.
面包不贵。(Miànbāo bú guì.) — Bread isn't expensive.
这个面包很好吃。(Zhège miànbāo hěn hǎochī.) — This bread is nice.
804HSK 1cài vegetable; dish; cuisine
这个菜很好吃。(Zhège cài hěn hǎochī.) — This dish is tasty.
妈妈在做菜。(Māma zài zuòcài.) — Mum is cooking.
我去买菜。(Wǒ qù mǎicài.) — I'm going to buy vegetables.
中国菜很有名。(Zhōngguó cài hěn yǒumíng.) — Chinese food is famous.
菜太多了,吃不完。(Cài tài duō le, chī bu wán.) — Too much food, I can't finish it.
你想吃什么菜?(Nǐ xiǎng chī shénme cài?) — What dish would you like?
805HSK 1ròu meat; flesh
我不吃肉。(Wǒ bù chī ròu.) — I don't eat meat.
这个肉很好吃。(Zhège ròu hěn hǎochī.) — This meat is tasty.
肉很贵。(Ròu hěn guì.) — Meat is expensive.
一块肉。(Yí kuài ròu.) — A piece of meat.
他喜欢吃肉。(Tā xǐhuan chī ròu.) — He likes meat.
菜里有肉。(Cài lǐ yǒu ròu.) — There's meat in the dish.
807HSK 1鸡蛋jīdàn chicken egg
我早上吃鸡蛋。(Wǒ zǎoshang chī jīdàn.) — I have eggs in the morning.
鸡蛋很便宜。(Jīdàn hěn piányi.) — Eggs are cheap.
买十个鸡蛋。(Mǎi shí gè jīdàn.) — Buy ten eggs.
鸡蛋在里边。(Jīdàn zài lǐbian.) — The eggs are inside.
这个菜有鸡蛋。(Zhège cài yǒu jīdàn.) — This dish has egg in it.
鸡蛋对身体好。(Jīdàn duì shēntǐ hǎo.) — Eggs are good for you.
808HSK 1水果shuǐguǒ fruit
我喜欢吃水果。(Wǒ xǐhuan chī shuǐguǒ.) — I like fruit.
水果很贵。(Shuǐguǒ hěn guì.) — Fruit is expensive.
孩子要多吃水果。(Háizi yào duō chī shuǐguǒ.) — Children should eat plenty of fruit.
水果在桌子上。(Shuǐguǒ zài zhuōzi shàng.) — The fruit is on the table.
我去买水果。(Wǒ qù mǎi shuǐguǒ.) — I'm going to buy fruit.
这个水果很好吃。(Zhège shuǐguǒ hěn hǎochī.) — This fruit is tasty.
814HSK 1衣服yīfu clothes; clothing
这件衣服很漂亮。(Zhè jiàn yīfu hěn piàoliang.) — These clothes are lovely.
我要洗衣服。(Wǒ yào xǐ yīfu.) — I need to wash clothes.
衣服很贵。(Yīfu hěn guì.) — Clothes are expensive.
天冷要多穿衣服。(Tiān lěng yào duō chuān yīfu.) — Wear more when it's cold.
她买了一件新衣服。(Tā mǎile yí jiàn xīn yīfu.) — She bought a new outfit.
衣服在房间里。(Yīfu zài fángjiān lǐ.) — The clothes are in the room.
821HSK 1杯子bēizi cup; glass
杯子里有水。(Bēizi lǐ yǒu shuǐ.) — There's water in the cup.
这个杯子很好看。(Zhège bēizi hěn hǎokàn.) — This cup is nice.
杯子在桌子上。(Bēizi zài zhuōzi shàng.) — The cup is on the table.
请给我一个杯子。(Qǐng gěi wǒ yí gè bēizi.) — Please give me a cup.
杯子是新的。(Bēizi shì xīn de.) — The cup is new.
两个杯子都是我的。(Liǎng gè bēizi dōu shì wǒ de.) — Both cups are mine.
822HSK 1桌子zhuōzi table; desk
书在桌子上。(Shū zài zhuōzi shàng.) — The book is on the table.
这张桌子很大。(Zhè zhāng zhuōzi hěn dà.) — This table is big.
桌子有四条腿。(Zhuōzi yǒu sì tiáo tuǐ.) — The table has four legs.
桌子下边有一只猫。(Zhuōzi xiàbian yǒu yì zhī māo.) — There's a cat under the table.
请把书放在桌子上。(Qǐng bǎ shū fàng zài zhuōzi shàng.) — Please put the book on the table.
桌子很干净。(Zhuōzi hěn gānjìng.) — The table is clean.
824HSK 1chuáng bed
我在床上看书。(Wǒ zài chuáng shàng kànshū.) — I read in bed.
床很大。(Chuáng hěn dà.) — The bed is big.
房间里有一张床。(Fángjiān lǐ yǒu yì zhāng chuáng.) — There's a bed in the room.
孩子在床上睡觉。(Háizi zài chuáng shàng shuìjiào.) — The child is asleep in bed.
这张床很舒服。(Zhè zhāng chuáng hěn shūfu.) — This bed is comfortable.
早上起床很难。(Zǎoshang qǐchuáng hěn nán.) — Getting up is hard in the morning.
825HSK 1mén door; gate
请开门。(Qǐng kāimén.) — Please open the door.
门关着。(Mén guānzhe.) — The door is shut.
门口有人。(Ménkǒu yǒu rén.) — There's someone at the door.
这个门很大。(Zhège mén hěn dà.) — This door is big.
商店九点开门。(Shāngdiàn jiǔ diǎn kāimén.) — The shop opens at nine.
出门要带钥匙。(Chūmén yào dài yàoshi.) — Take your keys when you go out.
838HSK 1地图dìtú map
我看地图找路。(Wǒ kàn dìtú zhǎo lù.) — I look at a map to find the way.
这是中国地图。(Zhè shì Zhōngguó dìtú.) — This is a map of China.
地图在包里。(Dìtú zài bāo lǐ.) — The map is in my bag.
请给我一张地图。(Qǐng gěi wǒ yì zhāng dìtú.) — Please give me a map.
地图上没有这个地方。(Dìtú shàng méiyǒu zhège dìfang.) — This place isn't on the map.
看地图不如问路。(Kàn dìtú bùrú wènlù.) — Asking beats reading a map.
839HSK 1bāo bag; to wrap
我的包很大。(Wǒ de bāo hěn dà.) — My bag is big.
书在包里。(Shū zài bāo lǐ.) — The book is in the bag.
这个包很贵。(Zhège bāo hěn guì.) — This bag is expensive.
她买了一个新包。(Tā mǎile yí gè xīn bāo.) — She bought a new bag.
包在椅子上。(Bāo zài yǐzi shàng.) — The bag is on the chair.
别忘了带包。(Bié wàngle dài bāo.) — Don't forget your bag.
840HSK 1门票ménpiào entrance ticket
门票多少钱?(Ménpiào duōshǎo qián?) — How much is the ticket?
门票二十块。(Ménpiào èrshí kuài.) — The ticket is twenty yuan.
我买了两张门票。(Wǒ mǎile liǎng zhāng ménpiào.) — I bought two tickets.
门票在包里。(Ménpiào zài bāo lǐ.) — The tickets are in my bag.
孩子不要门票。(Háizi búyào ménpiào.) — Children don't need a ticket.
门票很便宜。(Ménpiào hěn piányi.) — The tickets are cheap.
841HSK 1面条儿miàntiáor noodles (colloquial)
我喜欢吃面条儿。(Wǒ xǐhuan chī miàntiáor.) — I like noodles.
面条儿很好吃。(Miàntiáor hěn hǎochī.) — The noodles are tasty.
一碗面条儿多少钱?(Yì wǎn miàntiáor duōshǎo qián?) — How much is a bowl of noodles?
他做的面条儿最好吃。(Tā zuò de miàntiáor zuì hǎochī.) — His noodles are the best.
中午吃面条儿吧。(Zhōngwǔ chī miàntiáor ba.) — Let's have noodles at lunch.
面条儿有点凉了。(Miàntiáor yǒudiǎn liáng le.) — The noodles have gone a bit cold.
842HSK 1nǎi milk (short for 牛奶)
孩子在喝奶。(Háizi zài hē nǎi.) — The baby is drinking milk.
一杯奶。(Yì bēi nǎi.) — A glass of milk.
奶很好喝。(Nǎi hěn hǎohē.) — The milk is nice.
早上我喝奶。(Zǎoshang wǒ hē nǎi.) — I drink milk in the morning.
这个奶不贵。(Zhège nǎi bú guì.) — This milk isn't expensive.
奶在里边。(Nǎi zài lǐbian.) — The milk is inside.
843HSK 1钱包qiánbāo wallet
我的钱包丢了。(Wǒ de qiánbāo diū le.) — I lost my wallet.
钱在钱包里。(Qián zài qiánbāo lǐ.) — The money is in the wallet.
这个钱包很小。(Zhège qiánbāo hěn xiǎo.) — This wallet is small.
钱包在包里。(Qiánbāo zài bāo lǐ.) — The wallet is in my bag.
他买了一个新钱包。(Tā mǎile yí gè xīn qiánbāo.) — He bought a new wallet.
出门别忘了带钱包。(Chūmén bié wàngle dài qiánbāo.) — Don't forget your wallet.
844HSK 1qiú ball
我们去打球吧。(Wǒmen qù dǎqiú ba.) — Let's go play ball.
球在地上。(Qiú zài dì shàng.) — The ball is on the ground.
他很喜欢打球。(Tā hěn xǐhuan dǎqiú.) — He loves playing ball.
这个球很大。(Zhège qiú hěn dà.) — This ball is big.
孩子在玩儿球。(Háizi zài wánr qiú.) — The child is playing with a ball.
打球对身体好。(Dǎqiú duì shēntǐ hǎo.) — Ball games are good for you.
845HSK 1晚饭wǎnfàn dinner; supper
我们七点吃晚饭。(Wǒmen qī diǎn chī wǎnfàn.) — We have dinner at seven.
晚饭很好吃。(Wǎnfàn hěn hǎochī.) — Dinner was tasty.
妈妈在做晚饭。(Māma zài zuò wǎnfàn.) — Mum is making dinner.
你吃晚饭了吗?(Nǐ chī wǎnfàn le ma?) — Have you had dinner?
晚饭在饭店吃。(Wǎnfàn zài fàndiàn chī.) — We're eating dinner out.
晚饭不要吃太多。(Wǎnfàn búyào chī tài duō.) — Don't eat too much at dinner.
846HSK 1午饭wǔfàn lunch
中午十二点吃午饭。(Zhōngwǔ shí'èr diǎn chī wǔfàn.) — We have lunch at twelve.
午饭在学校吃。(Wǔfàn zài xuéxiào chī.) — I eat lunch at school.
午饭很好吃。(Wǔfàn hěn hǎochī.) — Lunch was tasty.
你吃午饭了吗?(Nǐ chī wǔfàn le ma?) — Have you had lunch?
一起吃午饭吧。(Yìqǐ chī wǔfàn ba.) — Let's have lunch together.
午饭时间到了。(Wǔfàn shíjiān dào le.) — It's lunchtime.
847HSK 1早饭zǎofàn breakfast
我早上七点吃早饭。(Wǒ zǎoshang qī diǎn chī zǎofàn.) — I have breakfast at seven.
早饭吃面包和牛奶。(Zǎofàn chī miànbāo hé niúnǎi.) — I have bread and milk for breakfast.
你吃早饭了吗?(Nǐ chī zǎofàn le ma?) — Have you had breakfast?
早饭很重要。(Zǎofàn hěn zhòngyào.) — Breakfast is important.
今天没吃早饭。(Jīntiān méi chī zǎofàn.) — I skipped breakfast today.
早饭要吃好。(Zǎofàn yào chī hǎo.) — Eat a good breakfast.

9. Nouns: Media, Transport & Nature (媒体, 交通, 自然 - méitǐ, jiāotōng, zìrán)

✏️ Usage: Subject + Verb + Object

💡 Grammar Tip: Simple Sentence Structure

Basic sentences follow the Subject + Verb + Object syntax, identical to English (e.g., 我看电视 (wǒ kàn diànshì) means "I watch TV"). Chinese nouns have no gender or plural form inflections.

No. Level Listen Chinese Pinyin English Example Examples
1077HSK 1shū book
我在看书。(Wǒ zài kànshū.) — I'm reading.
这本书很好。(Zhè běn shū hěn hǎo.) — This book is good.
书在桌子上。(Shū zài zhuōzi shàng.) — The book is on the table.
我买了三本书。(Wǒ mǎile sān běn shū.) — I bought three books.
图书馆的书很多。(Túshūguǎn de shū hěn duō.) — The library has many books.
这本书很贵。(Zhè běn shū hěn guì.) — This book is expensive.
1080HSK 1电脑diànnǎo computer
我用电脑工作。(Wǒ yòng diànnǎo gōngzuò.) — I work on a computer.
电脑在桌子上。(Diànnǎo zài zhuōzi shàng.) — The computer is on the desk.
这个电脑很新。(Zhège diànnǎo hěn xīn.) — This computer is new.
电脑很贵。(Diànnǎo hěn guì.) — Computers are expensive.
他会用电脑。(Tā huì yòng diànnǎo.) — He can use a computer.
电脑坏了。(Diànnǎo huài le.) — The computer is broken.
1081HSK 1电视diànshì television; TV
我在看电视。(Wǒ zài kàn diànshì.) — I'm watching TV.
电视在房间里。(Diànshì zài fángjiān lǐ.) — The TV is in the room.
爷爷喜欢看电视。(Yéye xǐhuan kàn diànshì.) — Grandpa likes watching TV.
晚上不看电视。(Wǎnshang bú kàn diànshì.) — I don't watch TV at night.
这个电视很大。(Zhège diànshì hěn dà.) — This TV is big.
电视里在说天气。(Diànshì lǐ zài shuō tiānqì.) — They're talking about the weather on TV.
1082HSK 1电话diànhuà telephone; phone call
我给他打电话。(Wǒ gěi tā dǎ diànhuà.) — I'll give him a call.
电话号码是多少?(Diànhuà hàomǎ shì duōshǎo?) — What's the phone number?
电话来了。(Diànhuà lái le.) — There's a call.
请接电话。(Qǐng jiē diànhuà.) — Please answer the phone.
他在打电话。(Tā zài dǎ diànhuà.) — He's on the phone.
晚上给我打电话。(Wǎnshang gěi wǒ dǎ diànhuà.) — Call me tonight.
1083HSK 1手机shǒujī cellphone; mobile phone
我的手机在包里。(Wǒ de shǒujī zài bāo lǐ.) — My phone is in my bag.
手机很贵。(Shǒujī hěn guì.) — Phones are expensive.
上课不能用手机。(Shàngkè bù néng yòng shǒujī.) — No phones in class.
他买了一个新手机。(Tā mǎile yí gè xīn shǒujī.) — He bought a new phone.
手机没电了。(Shǒujī méi diàn le.) — My phone is out of battery.
看手机对眼睛不好。(Kàn shǒujī duì yǎnjing bù hǎo.) — Phones are bad for your eyes.
1084HSK 1电影diànyǐng movie; film
我们去看电影吧。(Wǒmen qù kàn diànyǐng ba.) — Let's go and see a film.
这个电影很好看。(Zhège diànyǐng hěn hǎokàn.) — This film is good.
电影七点开始。(Diànyǐng qī diǎn kāishǐ.) — The film starts at seven.
我看过这个电影。(Wǒ kànguò zhège diànyǐng.) — I've seen this film.
电影票很贵。(Diànyǐng piào hěn guì.) — Film tickets are expensive.
电影很长。(Diànyǐng hěn cháng.) — The film is long.
1085HSK 1piào ticket
我买了两张票。(Wǒ mǎile liǎng zhāng piào.) — I bought two tickets.
票在包里。(Piào zài bāo lǐ.) — The tickets are in my bag.
票多少钱?(Piào duōshǎo qián?) — How much are the tickets?
没有票了。(Méiyǒu piào le.) — The tickets are sold out.
请买票。(Qǐng mǎi piào.) — Please buy a ticket.
这张票是你的。(Zhè zhāng piào shì nǐ de.) — This ticket is yours.
1089HSK 1火车huǒchē train
我坐火车去北京。(Wǒ zuò huǒchē qù Běijīng.) — I'm taking the train to Beijing.
火车八点开。(Huǒchē bā diǎn kāi.) — The train leaves at eight.
火车很快。(Huǒchē hěn kuài.) — The train is fast.
火车站在那边。(Huǒchēzhàn zài nàbian.) — The train station is over there.
火车上人很多。(Huǒchē shàng rén hěn duō.) — The train is crowded.
坐火车比飞机便宜。(Zuò huǒchē bǐ fēijī piányi.) — The train is cheaper than flying.
1091HSK 1飞机fēijī airplane
我坐飞机去中国。(Wǒ zuò fēijī qù Zhōngguó.) — I'm flying to China.
飞机很快。(Fēijī hěn kuài.) — Planes are fast.
飞机在机场。(Fēijī zài jīchǎng.) — The plane is at the airport.
飞机十点起飞。(Fēijī shí diǎn qǐfēi.) — The plane takes off at ten.
坐飞机很贵。(Zuò fēijī hěn guì.) — Flying is expensive.
飞机上不能打电话。(Fēijī shàng bù néng dǎ diànhuà.) — No phone calls on the plane.
1096HSK 1天气tiānqì weather
今天天气很好。(Jīntiān tiānqì hěn hǎo.) — The weather is nice today.
天气很热。(Tiānqì hěn rè.) — The weather is hot.
明天天气怎么样?(Míngtiān tiānqì zěnmeyàng?) — What's the weather like tomorrow?
天气不好,别出去。(Tiānqì bù hǎo, bié chūqù.) — The weather is bad, don't go out.
这几天天气很冷。(Zhè jǐ tiān tiānqì hěn lěng.) — It's been cold these few days.
天气好,我们去走走。(Tiānqì hǎo, wǒmen qù zǒuzou.) — Nice weather, let's go for a walk.
1106HSK 1地图dìtú map
我看地图找路。(Wǒ kàn dìtú zhǎo lù.) — I look at a map to find the way.
这是中国地图。(Zhè shì Zhōngguó dìtú.) — This is a map of China.
地图在包里。(Dìtú zài bāo lǐ.) — The map is in my bag.
请给我一张地图。(Qǐng gěi wǒ yì zhāng dìtú.) — Please give me a map.
地图上没有这个地方。(Dìtú shàng méiyǒu zhège dìfang.) — This place isn't on the map.
看地图不如问路。(Kàn dìtú bùrú wènlù.) — Asking beats reading a map.
1109HSK 1chē vehicle; car
我的车很新。(Wǒ de chē hěn xīn.) — My car is new.
车在门口。(Chē zài ménkǒu.) — The car is at the door.
我坐车去学校。(Wǒ zuòchē qù xuéxiào.) — I take the bus to school.
路上车很多。(Lùshang chē hěn duō.) — There's a lot of traffic.
他会开车。(Tā huì kāichē.) — He can drive.
车来了,上车吧。(Chē lái le, shàngchē ba.) — The bus is here, get on.
1110HSK 1车票chēpiào bus/train ticket
车票多少钱?(Chēpiào duōshǎo qián?) — How much is the ticket?
我买了两张车票。(Wǒ mǎile liǎng zhāng chēpiào.) — I bought two bus tickets.
车票在包里。(Chēpiào zài bāo lǐ.) — The ticket is in my bag.
车票很便宜。(Chēpiào hěn piányi.) — The ticket is cheap.
请买车票。(Qǐng mǎi chēpiào.) — Please buy a ticket.
车票丢了怎么办?(Chēpiào diū le zěnme bàn?) — What if I lose the ticket?
1111HSK 1diàn electricity
手机没电了。(Shǒujī méi diàn le.) — My phone is out of battery.
家里没有电了。(Jiā lǐ méiyǒu diàn le.) — The power is out at home.
电很重要。(Diàn hěn zhòngyào.) — Electricity is important.
请关电。(Qǐng guān diàn.) — Please turn off the power.
电来了。(Diàn lái le.) — The power is back.
用电要小心。(Yòng diàn yào xiǎoxīn.) — Be careful with electricity.
1112HSK 1电视机diànshìjī television set
电视机很大。(Diànshìjī hěn dà.) — The television is big.
电视机在房间里。(Diànshìjī zài fángjiān lǐ.) — The television is in the room.
他买了一个新电视机。(Tā mǎile yí gè xīn diànshìjī.) — He bought a new television.
电视机坏了。(Diànshìjī huài le.) — The television is broken.
请关电视机。(Qǐng guān diànshìjī.) — Please turn off the television.
电视机很贵。(Diànshìjī hěn guì.) — Televisions are expensive.
1113HSK 1song
她在唱歌。(Tā zài chànggē.) — She's singing.
这首歌很好听。(Zhè shǒu gē hěn hǎotīng.) — This song is lovely.
我喜欢这个歌。(Wǒ xǐhuan zhège gē.) — I like this song.
他会唱很多歌。(Tā huì chàng hěn duō gē.) — He knows many songs.
孩子们在唱歌。(Háizimen zài chànggē.) — The children are singing.
这个歌很老了。(Zhège gē hěn lǎo le.) — This song is old.
1114HSK 1机票jīpiào plane ticket
机票很贵。(Jīpiào hěn guì.) — Plane tickets are expensive.
我买了一张机票。(Wǒ mǎile yì zhāng jīpiào.) — I bought a plane ticket.
机票在包里。(Jīpiào zài bāo lǐ.) — The ticket is in my bag.
机票多少钱?(Jīpiào duōshǎo qián?) — How much is the plane ticket?
去中国的机票不便宜。(Qù Zhōngguó de jīpiào bù piányi.) — Tickets to China aren't cheap.
请带好机票。(Qǐng dài hǎo jīpiào.) — Please bring your ticket.
1115HSK 1汽车qìchē automobile; car
汽车很快。(Qìchē hěn kuài.) — Cars are fast.
他有一辆汽车。(Tā yǒu yí liàng qìchē.) — He has a car.
汽车在门口。(Qìchē zài ménkǒu.) — The car is at the door.
坐汽车去很方便。(Zuò qìchē qù hěn fāngbiàn.) — Going by car is convenient.
汽车很贵。(Qìchē hěn guì.) — Cars are expensive.
路上汽车很多。(Lùshang qìchē hěn duō.) — There are many cars on the road.
1116HSK 1网上wǎngshàng online; on the internet
我在网上买东西。(Wǒ zài wǎngshàng mǎi dōngxi.) — I shop online.
网上的书很便宜。(Wǎngshàng de shū hěn piányi.) — Books are cheap online.
他在网上学汉语。(Tā zài wǎngshàng xué Hànyǔ.) — He learns Chinese online.
网上有很多东西。(Wǎngshàng yǒu hěn duō dōngxi.) — There's a lot online.
我们在网上说话。(Wǒmen zài wǎngshàng shuōhuà.) — We talk online.
网上看电影很方便。(Wǎngshàng kàn diànyǐng hěn fāngbiàn.) — Watching films online is easy.
1117HSK 1网友wǎngyǒu online friend
他是我的网友。(Tā shì wǒ de wǎngyǒu.) — He's my online friend.
我有很多网友。(Wǒ yǒu hěn duō wǎngyǒu.) — I have many online friends.
网友说这个电影很好。(Wǎngyǒu shuō zhège diànyǐng hěn hǎo.) — People online say this film is good.
昨天见了一个网友。(Zuótiān jiànle yí gè wǎngyǒu.) — I met an online friend yesterday.
网友都很热情。(Wǎngyǒu dōu hěn rèqíng.) — Online friends are all friendly.
她的网友在北京。(Tā de wǎngyǒu zài Běijīng.) — Her online friend is in Beijing.

10. Nouns: Nature & Abstract Terms (自然, 抽象词汇 - zìrán, chōuxiàng cíhuì)

✏️ Usage: Noun + 的 + Noun

💡 Grammar Tip: Abstract Modifiers

Abstract concepts and language definitions place their qualifiers first: 汉语书 (Hànyǔ shū) ("Chinese language book"). Noun-modifying phrases ending in 的 (de) clarify exact relations (e.g., 词语的意思 (cíyǔ de yìsi) means "the meaning of the word").

No. Level Listen Chinese Pinyin English Example Examples
1224HSK 1tiān sky; day; heaven
今天天气很好。(Jīntiān tiānqì hěn hǎo.) — The weather is nice today.
一个星期有七天。(Yí gè xīngqī yǒu qī tiān.) — A week has seven days.
天很蓝。(Tiān hěn lán.) — The sky is blue.
天黑了。(Tiān hēi le.) — It's got dark.
这几天很忙。(Zhè jǐ tiān hěn máng.) — I've been busy these few days.
天要下雨了。(Tiān yào xiàyǔ le.) — It's going to rain.
1225HSK 1fēng wind
今天风很大。(Jīntiān fēng hěn dà.) — It's very windy today.
外边有风。(Wàibian yǒu fēng.) — There's a wind outside.
风很凉。(Fēng hěn liáng.) — The wind is cool.
风把门关上了。(Fēng bǎ mén guānshàng le.) — The wind blew the door shut.
风大,别出去。(Fēng dà, bié chūqù.) — It's windy, don't go out.
秋天的风很舒服。(Qiūtiān de fēng hěn shūfu.) — The autumn wind is pleasant.
1226HSK 1rain
外边下雨了。(Wàibian xiàyǔ le.) — It's raining outside.
雨很大。(Yǔ hěn dà.) — The rain is heavy.
雨停了。(Yǔ tíng le.) — The rain has stopped.
下雨天我在家。(Xiàyǔ tiān wǒ zài jiā.) — I stay home on rainy days.
昨天下了一天雨。(Zuótiān xiàle yì tiān yǔ.) — It rained all day yesterday.
雨后天气很凉。(Yǔ hòu tiānqì hěn liáng.) — It's cool after the rain.
1228HSK 1huā flower; blossom
这些花很漂亮。(Zhèxiē huā hěn piàoliang.) — These flowers are lovely.
春天的花很多。(Chūntiān de huā hěn duō.) — There are many flowers in spring.
他送我一些花。(Tā sòng wǒ yìxiē huā.) — He gave me some flowers.
花在桌子上。(Huā zài zhuōzi shàng.) — The flowers are on the table.
我喜欢红色的花。(Wǒ xǐhuan hóngsè de huā.) — I like red flowers.
花要天天浇水。(Huā yào tiāntiān jiāoshuǐ.) — Flowers need watering daily.
1232HSK 1名字míngzi name
你叫什么名字?(Nǐ jiào shénme míngzi?) — What's your name?
我的名字很长。(Wǒ de míngzi hěn cháng.) — My name is long.
他的名字很好听。(Tā de míngzi hěn hǎotīng.) — His name is lovely.
请写上你的名字。(Qǐng xiěshàng nǐ de míngzi.) — Please write your name.
我忘了他的名字。(Wǒ wàngle tā de míngzi.) — I've forgotten his name.
这个名字很有名。(Zhège míngzi hěn yǒumíng.) — This name is well known.
1233HSK 1汉语Hànyǔ Chinese language
我在学汉语。(Wǒ zài xué Hànyǔ.) — I'm learning Chinese.
汉语很难。(Hànyǔ hěn nán.) — Chinese is hard.
他汉语说得很好。(Tā Hànyǔ shuō de hěn hǎo.) — He speaks Chinese well.
今天有汉语课。(Jīntiān yǒu Hànyǔ kè.) — There's a Chinese class today.
汉语老师很好。(Hànyǔ lǎoshī hěn hǎo.) — The Chinese teacher is nice.
学汉语要多说。(Xué Hànyǔ yào duō shuō.) — Learning Chinese takes speaking.
1235HSK 1shù tree
门口有一棵树。(Ménkǒu yǒu yì kē shù.) — There's a tree at the door.
这棵树很高。(Zhè kē shù hěn gāo.) — This tree is tall.
春天树都绿了。(Chūntiān shù dōu lǜ le.) — The trees turn green in spring.
树下很凉快。(Shù xià hěn liángkuai.) — It's cool under the tree.
路旁边有很多树。(Lù pángbiān yǒu hěn duō shù.) — There are many trees by the road.
树上有一只猫。(Shù shàng yǒu yì zhī māo.) — There's a cat in the tree.
1237HSK 1shān mountain; hill
这座山很高。(Zhè zuò shān hěn gāo.) — This mountain is high.
我们去爬山吧。(Wǒmen qù páshān ba.) — Let's go hiking.
山上有很多树。(Shān shàng yǒu hěn duō shù.) — There are many trees on the mountain.
中国有很多山。(Zhōngguó yǒu hěn duō shān.) — China has many mountains.
山下有一个村子。(Shān xià yǒu yí gè cūnzi.) — There's a village at the foot of the hill.
山上很冷。(Shān shàng hěn lěng.) — It's cold up the mountain.
1239HSK 1身体shēntǐ body; health
他的身体很好。(Tā de shēntǐ hěn hǎo.) — He's in good health.
多运动对身体好。(Duō yùndòng duì shēntǐ hǎo.) — Exercise is good for the body.
祝你身体好!(Zhù nǐ shēntǐ hǎo!) — Wishing you good health!
爷爷的身体不太好。(Yéye de shēntǐ bú tài hǎo.) — Grandpa isn't in great health.
身体最重要。(Shēntǐ zuì zhòngyào.) — Health matters most.
多喝水对身体好。(Duō hē shuǐ duì shēntǐ hǎo.) — Drinking water is good for you.
1248HSK 1爱好àihào hobby; interest
我的爱好是看书。(Wǒ de àihào shì kànshū.) — My hobby is reading.
他有很多爱好。(Tā yǒu hěn duō àihào.) — He has many hobbies.
你的爱好是什么?(Nǐ de àihào shì shénme?) — What are your hobbies?
唱歌是她的爱好。(Chànggē shì tā de àihào.) — Singing is her hobby.
我们的爱好一样。(Wǒmen de àihào yíyàng.) — We have the same hobbies.
爱好很重要。(Àihào hěn zhòngyào.) — Hobbies matter.
1249HSK 1动作dòngzuò movement; action
这个动作很难。(Zhège dòngzuò hěn nán.) — This movement is hard.
请看我的动作。(Qǐng kàn wǒ de dòngzuò.) — Please watch my movements.
他的动作很快。(Tā de dòngzuò hěn kuài.) — He moves quickly.
慢一点,动作要对。(Màn yìdiǎn, dòngzuò yào duì.) — Slower, get the movement right.
孩子学得很快,动作也好。(Háizi xué de hěn kuài, dòngzuò yě hǎo.) — The child learns fast and moves well.
这个动作我不会。(Zhège dòngzuò wǒ bú huì.) — I can't do this movement.
1250HSK 1身上shēnshang on one's body
他身上有钱。(Tā shēnshang yǒu qián.) — He has money on him.
我身上没有手机。(Wǒ shēnshang méiyǒu shǒujī.) — I don't have my phone on me.
身上的衣服很干净。(Shēnshang de yīfu hěn gānjìng.) — The clothes he's wearing are clean.
身上有水,快去洗。(Shēnshang yǒu shuǐ, kuài qù xǐ.) — You're wet, go and wash.
他身上没带票。(Tā shēnshang méi dài piào.) — He doesn't have the ticket on him.
天冷,身上要多穿。(Tiān lěng, shēnshang yào duō chuān.) — It's cold, put more on.
1251HSK 1shì matter; thing; affair
我有事,先走了。(Wǒ yǒu shì, xiān zǒu le.) — I've got something on, I'm off.
这件事很重要。(Zhè jiàn shì hěn zhòngyào.) — This matter is important.
没事儿。(Méi shìr.) — It's nothing.
今天有很多事。(Jīntiān yǒu hěn duō shì.) — There's a lot on today.
这是他的事。(Zhè shì tā de shì.) — That's his business.
有事给我打电话。(Yǒu shì gěi wǒ dǎ diànhuà.) — Call me if anything comes up.
1252HSK 1shǒu hand
请洗手。(Qǐng xǐshǒu.) — Please wash your hands.
我的手很冷。(Wǒ de shǒu hěn lěng.) — My hands are cold.
他用左手写字。(Tā yòng zuǒ shǒu xiězì.) — He writes with his left hand.
手里拿着书。(Shǒu lǐ názhe shū.) — He's holding a book.
一只手有五个手指。(Yì zhī shǒu yǒu wǔ gè shǒuzhǐ.) — A hand has five fingers.
吃饭前要洗手。(Chīfàn qián yào xǐshǒu.) — Wash your hands before eating.
1253HSK 1知识zhīshi knowledge
学习让人有知识。(Xuéxí ràng rén yǒu zhīshi.) — Study gives you knowledge.
他的知识很多。(Tā de zhīshi hěn duō.) — He knows a great deal.
书里有很多知识。(Shū lǐ yǒu hěn duō zhīshi.) — There's a lot of knowledge in books.
知识很重要。(Zhīshi hěn zhòngyào.) — Knowledge is important.
新的知识很有用。(Xīn de zhīshi hěn yǒuyòng.) — New knowledge is useful.
老师教我们知识。(Lǎoshī jiāo wǒmen zhīshi.) — Teachers give us knowledge.

11. Verbs: Daily Action & Movement (动词 - dòngcí)

✏️ Usage: 不 / 没 + Verb

💡 Grammar Tip: No Conjugation!

Chinese verbs never change form. There are no conjugations for person, tense, or plurality. Example: 是 (shì) is "to be" (am, is, are) and never changes. Negate general verbs using 不 (bù), but always negate 有 (yǒu) using 没 (méi).

No. Level Listen Chinese Pinyin English Example Examples
1525HSK 1shì to be (am, is, are); yes
我是学生。(Wǒ shì xuéshēng.) — I'm a student.
这是我的书。(Zhè shì wǒ de shū.) — This is my book.
他不是老师。(Tā bú shì lǎoshī.) — He isn't a teacher.
你是哪国人?(Nǐ shì nǎ guó rén?) — What country are you from?
今天是星期一。(Jīntiān shì xīngqīyī.) — Today is Monday.
是的,我知道。(Shì de, wǒ zhīdào.) — Yes, I know.
1526HSK 1yǒu to have; there is/are
我有一个哥哥。(Wǒ yǒu yí gè gēge.) — I have one older brother.
家里有一只猫。(Jiā lǐ yǒu yì zhī māo.) — There's a cat at home.
你有时间吗?(Nǐ yǒu shíjiān ma?) — Do you have time?
我没有钱。(Wǒ méiyǒu qián.) — I don't have money.
桌子上有一本书。(Zhuōzi shàng yǒu yì běn shū.) — There's a book on the table.
这里有人吗?(Zhèlǐ yǒu rén ma?) — Is anyone here?
1527HSK 1to go
我去学校。(Wǒ qù xuéxiào.) — I'm going to school.
你去哪儿?(Nǐ qù nǎr?) — Where are you going?
他去年去过中国。(Tā qùnián qùguò Zhōngguó.) — He went to China last year.
我们一起去吧。(Wǒmen yìqǐ qù ba.) — Let's go together.
今天我不去了。(Jīntiān wǒ bú qù le.) — I'm not going today.
去买东西吧。(Qù mǎi dōngxi ba.) — Let's go shopping.
1528HSK 1lái to come
他来了。(Tā lái le.) — He's here.
你什么时候来?(Nǐ shénme shíhou lái?) — When are you coming?
请到这儿来。(Qǐng dào zhèr lái.) — Please come here.
明天我来找你。(Míngtiān wǒ lái zhǎo nǐ.) — I'll come and find you tomorrow.
来一杯水吧。(Lái yì bēi shuǐ ba.) — I'll have a glass of water.
他没来上课。(Tā méi lái shàngkè.) — He didn't come to class.
1529HSK 1huí to return; to go back
我要回家了。(Wǒ yào huí jiā le.) — I'm going home.
他回来了。(Tā huílái le.) — He's back.
你什么时候回去?(Nǐ shénme shíhou huíqù?) — When are you going back?
明年回中国。(Míngnián huí Zhōngguó.) — I'm going back to China next year.
回学校要坐车。(Huí xuéxiào yào zuòchē.) — You take the bus back to school.
请回答我的问题。(Qǐng huídá wǒ de wèntí.) — Please answer my question.
1530HSK 1zǒu to walk; to leave; to go
我们走吧。(Wǒmen zǒu ba.) — Let's go.
他走了。(Tā zǒu le.) — He's left.
往前走就到了。(Wǎng qián zǒu jiù dào le.) — Go straight ahead and you're there.
走路去学校。(Zǒulù qù xuéxiào.) — I walk to school.
他走得很快。(Tā zǒu de hěn kuài.) — He walks fast.
走了半个小时。(Zǒule bàn gè xiǎoshí.) — We walked for half an hour.
1531HSK 1pǎo to run
他跑得很快。(Tā pǎo de hěn kuài.) — He runs fast.
孩子在跑。(Háizi zài pǎo.) — The child is running.
我每天早上跑步。(Wǒ měitiān zǎoshang pǎobù.) — I run every morning.
别跑,很危险。(Bié pǎo, hěn wēixiǎn.) — Don't run, it's dangerous.
跑了十分钟。(Pǎole shí fēnzhōng.) — I ran for ten minutes.
跑步对身体好。(Pǎobù duì shēntǐ hǎo.) — Running is good for you.
1532HSK 1zuò to sit; to ride/travel by (bus, train)
请坐。(Qǐng zuò.) — Please sit down.
他坐在我旁边。(Tā zuò zài wǒ pángbiān.) — He's sitting next to me.
我坐车去学校。(Wǒ zuòchē qù xuéxiào.) — I take the bus to school.
坐飞机很快。(Zuò fēijī hěn kuài.) — Flying is fast.
坐一会儿吧。(Zuò yíhuìr ba.) — Sit for a while.
这里有地方坐吗?(Zhèlǐ yǒu dìfang zuò ma?) — Is there somewhere to sit?
1533HSK 1zhàn to stand; station; stop
他站在门口。(Tā zhàn zài ménkǒu.) — He's standing at the door.
请站起来。(Qǐng zhàn qǐlái.) — Please stand up.
车站在那边。(Chēzhàn zài nàbian.) — The station is over there.
别站在这儿。(Bié zhàn zài zhèr.) — Don't stand here.
他站了一个小时。(Tā zhànle yí gè xiǎoshí.) — He stood for an hour.
下一站下车。(Xià yí zhàn xiàchē.) — Get off at the next stop.
1534HSK 1zhù to live; to stay; to reside
我住在北京。(Wǒ zhù zài Běijīng.) — I live in Beijing.
你住在哪儿?(Nǐ zhù zài nǎr?) — Where do you live?
他住在三楼。(Tā zhù zài sān lóu.) — He lives on the second floor.
我住在学校里。(Wǒ zhù zài xuéxiào lǐ.) — I live at the school.
他住了三年。(Tā zhùle sān nián.) — He lived there three years.
住在这儿很方便。(Zhù zài zhèr hěn fāngbiàn.) — Living here is convenient.
1535HSK 1fēi to fly
飞机在天上飞。(Fēijī zài tiān shàng fēi.) — The plane is flying in the sky.
鸟飞走了。(Niǎo fēi zǒu le.) — The bird flew away.
飞得很高。(Fēi de hěn gāo.) — It flies high.
我明天飞北京。(Wǒ míngtiān fēi Běijīng.) — I fly to Beijing tomorrow.
飞机十点起飞。(Fēijī shí diǎn qǐfēi.) — The plane takes off at ten.
时间过得像飞一样。(Shíjiān guò de xiàng fēi yíyàng.) — Time flies.
1538HSK 1jìn to enter; to move forward
请进。(Qǐng jìn.) — Please come in.
他进来了。(Tā jìnlái le.) — He came in.
进去看看吧。(Jìnqù kànkan ba.) — Let's go in and have a look.
不要进这个房间。(Búyào jìn zhège fángjiān.) — Don't go into this room.
进门要脱鞋。(Jìnmén yào tuōxié.) — Take your shoes off at the door.
他进了学校。(Tā jìnle xuéxiào.) — He got into the school.
1539HSK 1chū to go out; to produce
他出去了。(Tā chūqù le.) — He went out.
太阳出来了。(Tàiyáng chūlái le.) — The sun has come out.
出门要带钥匙。(Chūmén yào dài yàoshi.) — Take your keys when you go out.
请出去等一下。(Qǐng chūqù děng yíxià.) — Please wait outside.
他出国了。(Tā chūguó le.) — He's gone abroad.
出了什么事?(Chūle shénme shì?) — What's happened?
1540HSK 1guò to cross; to pass; spend time
我过马路。(Wǒ guò mǎlù.) — I'm crossing the road.
我去过中国。(Wǒ qùguò Zhōngguó.) — I've been to China.
时间过得很快。(Shíjiān guò de hěn kuài.) — Time goes quickly.
过来一下。(Guòlái yíxià.) — Come over a moment.
过了三年他回来了。(Guòle sān nián tā huílái le.) — After three years he came back.
你吃过饭了吗?(Nǐ chīguò fàn le ma?) — Have you eaten?
1541HSK 1dào to arrive; reach; up to
我到学校了。(Wǒ dào xuéxiào le.) — I've arrived at school.
他八点到。(Tā bā diǎn dào.) — He arrives at eight.
从这儿到那儿很远。(Cóng zhèr dào nàr hěn yuǎn.) — It's far from here to there.
我找到了。(Wǒ zhǎodào le.) — I found it.
车到了,上车吧。(Chē dào le, shàngchē ba.) — The bus is here, get on.
到时候给我打电话。(Dào shíhou gěi wǒ dǎ diànhuà.) — Call me when the time comes.
1543HSK 1出来chūlái to come out
太阳出来了。(Tàiyáng chūlái le.) — The sun has come out.
他从房间里出来了。(Tā cóng fángjiān lǐ chūlái le.) — He came out of the room.
请出来一下。(Qǐng chūlái yíxià.) — Please come out a moment.
我想出来了。(Wǒ xiǎng chūlái le.) — I've worked it out.
花开出来了。(Huā kāi chūlái le.) — The flowers have come out.
名字我说不出来。(Míngzi wǒ shuō bu chūlái.) — I can't come up with the name.
1544HSK 1出去chūqù to go out
他出去了。(Tā chūqù le.) — He's gone out.
我们出去走走吧。(Wǒmen chūqù zǒuzou ba.) — Let's go out for a walk.
下雨了,别出去。(Xiàyǔ le, bié chūqù.) — It's raining, don't go out.
请出去等一下。(Qǐng chūqù děng yíxià.) — Please wait outside.
他出去买东西了。(Tā chūqù mǎi dōngxi le.) — He's gone out shopping.
天气好,出去玩儿吧。(Tiānqì hǎo, chūqù wánr ba.) — Nice weather, let's go out.
1545HSK 1打开dǎkāi to open; to turn on
请打开门。(Qǐng dǎkāi mén.) — Please open the door.
打开书,看第五页。(Dǎkāi shū, kàn dì wǔ yè.) — Open your books to page five.
他打开了电脑。(Tā dǎkāile diànnǎo.) — He turned on the computer.
天热,打开窗户吧。(Tiān rè, dǎkāi chuānghu ba.) — It's hot, open the window.
打开包看看。(Dǎkāi bāo kànkan.) — Open the bag and have a look.
请打开电视。(Qǐng dǎkāi diànshì.) — Please turn on the TV.
1546HSK 1得到dédào to get; to obtain
他得到了一本书。(Tā dédàole yì běn shū.) — He received a book.
我得到了老师的帮助。(Wǒ dédàole lǎoshī de bāngzhù.) — I got help from the teacher.
努力才能得到。(Nǔlì cái néng dédào.) — You only get it through effort.
她得到了第一名。(Tā dédàole dì yī míng.) — She took first place.
我没得到票。(Wǒ méi dédào piào.) — I didn't get a ticket.
得到的东西要爱。(Dédào de dōngxi yào ài.) — Value what you're given.
1547HSK 1dòng to move
别动!(Bié dòng!) — Don't move!
桌子太重,动不了。(Zhuōzi tài zhòng, dòng bù liǎo.) — The table is too heavy to move.
他动了动手。(Tā dòngle dòng shǒu.) — He moved his hand.
风一来,树就动。(Fēng yì lái, shù jiù dòng.) — The trees move when the wind comes.
别动我的东西。(Bié dòng wǒ de dōngxi.) — Don't touch my things.
车没动。(Chē méi dòng.) — The car didn't move.
1548HSK 1关上guānshàng to close; to shut
请关上门。(Qǐng guānshàng mén.) — Please close the door.
他关上了电脑。(Tā guānshàngle diànnǎo.) — He shut the computer down.
天冷,关上窗户吧。(Tiān lěng, guānshàng chuānghu ba.) — It's cold, close the window.
关上书,我们说说。(Guānshàng shū, wǒmen shuōshuo.) — Close your books, let's talk.
走的时候关上灯。(Zǒu de shíhou guānshàng dēng.) — Turn off the light when you leave.
门没关上。(Mén méi guānshàng.) — The door isn't shut.
1549HSK 1回到huídào to return to
他回到了家。(Tā huídàole jiā.) — He got back home.
我回到学校了。(Wǒ huídào xuéxiào le.) — I'm back at school.
回到房间休息一下。(Huídào fángjiān xiūxi yíxià.) — Go back to your room and rest.
他回到了中国。(Tā huídàole Zhōngguó.) — He's returned to China.
回到家很累。(Huídào jiā hěn lèi.) — I was tired when I got home.
我们回到前边说。(Wǒmen huídào qiánbian shuō.) — Let's go back to what we said earlier.
1550HSK 1回来huílái to come back
他回来了。(Tā huílái le.) — He's back.
你什么时候回来?(Nǐ shénme shíhou huílái?) — When are you coming back?
早点回来。(Zǎodiǎn huílái.) — Come back early.
他回来吃晚饭。(Tā huílái chī wǎnfàn.) — He's coming back for dinner.
她还没回来。(Tā hái méi huílái.) — She isn't back yet.
回来的时候买点菜。(Huílái de shíhou mǎi diǎn cài.) — Buy some food on your way back.
1551HSK 1回去huíqù to go back
我要回去了。(Wǒ yào huíqù le.) — I'm heading back.
你什么时候回去?(Nǐ shénme shíhou huíqù?) — When are you going back?
太晚了,回去吧。(Tài wǎn le, huíqù ba.) — It's late, let's head back.
他回去工作了。(Tā huíqù gōngzuò le.) — He's gone back to work.
明年我回去看爸妈。(Míngnián wǒ huíqù kàn bà mā.) — I'm going back to see my parents next year.
回去的路很远。(Huíqù de lù hěn yuǎn.) — The way back is long.
1552HSK 1jiàn to see
明天见!(Míngtiān jiàn!) — See you tomorrow!
我想见他。(Wǒ xiǎng jiàn tā.) — I want to see him.
在门口见吧。(Zài ménkǒu jiàn ba.) — Let's meet at the entrance.
好久不见。(Hǎojiǔ bú jiàn.) — Long time no see.
我们见过一次。(Wǒmen jiànguò yí cì.) — We've met once.
见了老师要问好。(Jiànle lǎoshī yào wènhǎo.) — Greet the teacher when you see them.
1553HSK 1进来jìnlái to come in
请进来。(Qǐng jìnlái.) — Please come in.
他进来了。(Tā jìnlái le.) — He came in.
外边冷,快进来。(Wàibian lěng, kuài jìnlái.) — It's cold outside, come in.
有人进来了。(Yǒu rén jìnlái le.) — Someone's come in.
进来坐一会儿吧。(Jìnlái zuò yíhuìr ba.) — Come in and sit a while.
风从门口进来。(Fēng cóng ménkǒu jìnlái.) — The wind comes in through the door.
1554HSK 1进去jìnqù to go in
我们进去看看。(Wǒmen jìnqù kànkan.) — Let's go in and have a look.
他进去了。(Tā jìnqù le.) — He went in.
里边有人,别进去。(Lǐbian yǒu rén, bié jìnqù.) — Someone's inside, don't go in.
进去要买票。(Jìnqù yào mǎi piào.) — You need a ticket to go in.
她先进去了。(Tā xiān jìnqù le.) — She went in first.
进去的时候关上门。(Jìnqù de shíhou guānshàng mén.) — Close the door when you go in.
1555HSK 1看到kàndào to see; to catch sight of
我看到他了。(Wǒ kàndào tā le.) — I saw him.
你看到我的书了吗?(Nǐ kàndào wǒ de shū le ma?) — Have you seen my book?
我没看到。(Wǒ méi kàndào.) — I didn't see it.
在路上看到很多人。(Zài lùshang kàndào hěn duō rén.) — I saw lots of people on the way.
看到你我很高兴。(Kàndào nǐ wǒ hěn gāoxìng.) — I'm happy to see you.
从这儿能看到山。(Cóng zhèr néng kàndào shān.) — You can see the mountain from here.
1556HSK 1看见kànjiàn to see; to catch sight of
我看见他了。(Wǒ kànjiàn tā le.) — I saw him.
太远了,看不见。(Tài yuǎn le, kàn bu jiàn.) — It's too far, I can't see.
你看见我的手机了吗?(Nǐ kànjiàn wǒ de shǒujī le ma?) — Have you seen my phone?
后边的人看不见。(Hòubian de rén kàn bu jiàn.) — People at the back can't see.
我看见她进去了。(Wǒ kànjiàn tā jìnqù le.) — I saw her go in.
天太黑,看不见路。(Tiān tài hēi, kàn bu jiàn lù.) — It's too dark to see the road.
1557HSK 1来到láidào to arrive at
他来到了北京。(Tā láidàole Běijīng.) — He arrived in Beijing.
我们来到学校。(Wǒmen láidào xuéxiào.) — We arrived at the school.
她来到中国学习。(Tā láidào Zhōngguó xuéxí.) — She came to China to study.
来到这儿三年了。(Láidào zhèr sān nián le.) — It's been three years since I came here.
他们来到了山上。(Tāmen láidàole shān shàng.) — They reached the top of the hill.
来到新学校很高兴。(Láidào xīn xuéxiào hěn gāoxìng.) — I'm happy at the new school.
1558HSK 1没有méiyǒu to not have; there isn't
我没有钱。(Wǒ méiyǒu qián.) — I don't have money.
家里没有人。(Jiā lǐ méiyǒu rén.) — Nobody's home.
他没有来。(Tā méiyǒu lái.) — He didn't come.
没有时间了。(Méiyǒu shíjiān le.) — There's no time left.
我没有看见他。(Wǒ méiyǒu kànjiàn tā.) — I didn't see him.
这里没有商店。(Zhèlǐ méiyǒu shāngdiàn.) — There's no shop here.
1559HSK 1to rise; to get up
请起来。(Qǐng qǐlái.) — Please get up.
我六点起床。(Wǒ liù diǎn qǐchuáng.) — I get up at six.
风起了。(Fēng qǐ le.) — The wind has picked up.
他起得很早。(Tā qǐ de hěn zǎo.) — He gets up early.
从今天起我要早睡。(Cóng jīntiān qǐ wǒ yào zǎo shuì.) — From today I'll sleep early.
一起去吧。(Yìqǐ qù ba.) — Let's go together.
1560HSK 1起来qǐlái to get up; (verb complement) up
请站起来。(Qǐng zhàn qǐlái.) — Please stand up.
他笑起来很好看。(Tā xiào qǐlái hěn hǎokàn.) — He looks nice when he smiles.
天热起来了。(Tiān rè qǐlái le.) — It's getting hot.
孩子哭起来了。(Háizi kū qǐlái le.) — The child started crying.
早上起来喝水。(Zǎoshang qǐlái hē shuǐ.) — Drink water when you get up.
这个菜吃起来很好。(Zhège cài chī qǐlái hěn hǎo.) — This dish tastes good.
1561HSK 1听到tīngdào to hear
我听到有人说话。(Wǒ tīngdào yǒu rén shuōhuà.) — I heard someone talking.
你听到了吗?(Nǐ tīngdào le ma?) — Did you hear that?
我没听到。(Wǒ méi tīngdào.) — I didn't hear it.
听到这个我很高兴。(Tīngdào zhège wǒ hěn gāoxìng.) — I'm glad to hear it.
外边听到了雨声。(Wàibian tīngdàole yǔ shēng.) — I heard rain outside.
听到老师叫我了。(Tīngdào lǎoshī jiào wǒ le.) — I heard the teacher call me.
1562HSK 1听见tīngjiàn to hear
我听见了。(Wǒ tīngjiàn le.) — I heard it.
太吵,听不见。(Tài chǎo, tīng bu jiàn.) — It's too noisy, I can't hear.
你听见我说话了吗?(Nǐ tīngjiàn wǒ shuōhuà le ma?) — Did you hear me?
我听见有人来了。(Wǒ tīngjiàn yǒu rén lái le.) — I heard someone coming.
说大声点,听不见。(Shuō dàshēng diǎn, tīng bu jiàn.) — Speak up, I can't hear.
他没听见电话。(Tā méi tīngjiàn diànhuà.) — He didn't hear the phone.
1563HSK 1yào to want; will; to need
我要一杯水。(Wǒ yào yì bēi shuǐ.) — I'd like a glass of water.
你要什么?(Nǐ yào shénme?) — What would you like?
明天要下雨。(Míngtiān yào xiàyǔ.) — It's going to rain tomorrow.
我要走了。(Wǒ yào zǒu le.) — I'm off.
学汉语要多说。(Xué Hànyǔ yào duō shuō.) — Learning Chinese takes speaking.
我不要这个。(Wǒ búyào zhège.) — I don't want this one.
1564HSK 1找到zhǎodào to find (successfully)
我找到了。(Wǒ zhǎodào le.) — I found it.
他找到了工作。(Tā zhǎodàole gōngzuò.) — He found a job.
我没找到我的书。(Wǒ méi zhǎodào wǒ de shū.) — I didn't find my book.
找到路了吗?(Zhǎodào lù le ma?) — Did you find the way?
找了半天才找到。(Zhǎole bàntiān cái zhǎodào.) — I looked for ages before finding it.
她找到了钱包。(Tā zhǎodàole qiánbāo.) — She found her wallet.
1565HSK 1走路zǒulù to walk
我走路去学校。(Wǒ zǒulù qù xuéxiào.) — I walk to school.
走路对身体好。(Zǒulù duì shēntǐ hǎo.) — Walking is good for you.
他走路很快。(Tā zǒulù hěn kuài.) — He walks fast.
走路要小心。(Zǒulù yào xiǎoxīn.) — Be careful when walking.
走路十分钟就到。(Zǒulù shí fēnzhōng jiù dào.) — It's a ten-minute walk.
走路的时候别看手机。(Zǒulù de shíhou bié kàn shǒujī.) — Don't look at your phone while walking.
1566HSK 1坐下zuòxià to sit down
请坐下。(Qǐng zuòxià.) — Please sit down.
他坐下来了。(Tā zuò xiàlái le.) — He sat down.
坐下休息一会儿。(Zuòxià xiūxi yíhuìr.) — Sit down and rest a while.
老师叫我们坐下。(Lǎoshī jiào wǒmen zuòxià.) — The teacher told us to sit.
坐下再说吧。(Zuòxià zài shuō ba.) — Sit down and then we'll talk.
他在我旁边坐下。(Tā zài wǒ pángbiān zuòxià.) — He sat down next to me.

12. Verbs: Communication & Learning (交流, 学习 - jiāoliú, xuéxí)

✏️ Usage: Verb + Object

💡 Grammar Tip: Verbs & Objects

Many Chinese verbs naturally combine with direct objects to form common activities (e.g., 读书 (dúshū) "read books", 写字 (xiězì) "write characters"). If you want to add details (like duration), the structure must adapt, often by repeating the verb or inserting details inside separable structures.

No. Level Listen Chinese Pinyin English Example Examples
2040HSK 1kàn to look; to watch; to read
我在看书。(Wǒ zài kànshū.) — I'm reading.
你看什么?(Nǐ kàn shénme?) — What are you looking at?
我们去看电影吧。(Wǒmen qù kàn diànyǐng ba.) — Let's go and see a film.
他去看医生了。(Tā qù kàn yīshēng le.) — He's gone to see the doctor.
看一下这个字。(Kàn yíxià zhège zì.) — Take a look at this character.
我去看看奶奶。(Wǒ qù kànkan nǎinai.) — I'm going to visit grandma.
2041HSK 1tīng to listen; to hear
请听我说。(Qǐng tīng wǒ shuō.) — Please listen to me.
我在听音乐。(Wǒ zài tīng yīnyuè.) — I'm listening to music.
上课要认真听。(Shàngkè yào rènzhēn tīng.) — Listen carefully in class.
你听懂了吗?(Nǐ tīngdǒng le ma?) — Did you understand?
他不听我的话。(Tā bù tīng wǒ de huà.) — He doesn't listen to me.
听老师的话。(Tīng lǎoshī de huà.) — Do as the teacher says.
2042HSK 1shuō to speak; to say; to talk
他说得很快。(Tā shuō de hěn kuài.) — He speaks quickly.
你说什么?(Nǐ shuō shénme?) — What did you say?
我会说汉语。(Wǒ huì shuō Hànyǔ.) — I can speak Chinese.
别说话。(Bié shuōhuà.) — Don't talk.
请说慢一点。(Qǐng shuō màn yìdiǎn.) — Please speak more slowly.
他说他明天来。(Tā shuō tā míngtiān lái.) — He says he's coming tomorrow.
2043HSK 1to read aloud; to study
我在读书。(Wǒ zài dúshū.) — I'm reading.
请读第一课。(Qǐng dú dì yī kè.) — Please read lesson one.
他读得很好。(Tā dú de hěn hǎo.) — He reads well.
这个字怎么读?(Zhège zì zěnme dú?) — How do you read this character?
每天读一点书。(Měitiān dú yìdiǎn shū.) — Read a little every day.
读大声一点。(Dú dàshēng yìdiǎn.) — Read a bit louder.
2044HSK 1xiě to write
我在写字。(Wǒ zài xiězì.) — I'm writing characters.
请写你的名字。(Qǐng xiě nǐ de míngzi.) — Please write your name.
这个字怎么写?(Zhège zì zěnme xiě?) — How do you write this character?
他写得很好。(Tā xiě de hěn hǎo.) — He writes well.
我写完了。(Wǒ xiěwán le.) — I've finished writing.
写在本子上。(Xiě zài běnzi shàng.) — Write it in your notebook.
2045HSK 1chī to eat
我们吃饭吧。(Wǒmen chīfàn ba.) — Let's eat.
你想吃什么?(Nǐ xiǎng chī shénme?) — What do you want to eat?
我不吃肉。(Wǒ bù chī ròu.) — I don't eat meat.
吃完了吗?(Chīwán le ma?) — Have you finished eating?
多吃水果对身体好。(Duō chī shuǐguǒ duì shēntǐ hǎo.) — Eating fruit is good for you.
他吃得很快。(Tā chī de hěn kuài.) — He eats quickly.
2046HSK 1to drink
我想喝水。(Wǒ xiǎng hē shuǐ.) — I want to drink water.
你喝茶还是喝水?(Nǐ hē chá háishì hē shuǐ?) — Tea or water?
他不喝牛奶。(Tā bù hē niúnǎi.) — He doesn't drink milk.
喝一口吧。(Hē yì kǒu ba.) — Have a sip.
多喝水。(Duō hē shuǐ.) — Drink plenty of water.
这个茶很好喝。(Zhège chá hěn hǎohē.) — This tea is nice.
2047HSK 1mǎi to buy
我去买东西。(Wǒ qù mǎi dōngxi.) — I'm going shopping.
你买了什么?(Nǐ mǎile shénme?) — What did you buy?
我想买一本书。(Wǒ xiǎng mǎi yì běn shū.) — I'd like to buy a book.
太贵了,我不买。(Tài guì le, wǒ bù mǎi.) — Too expensive, I won't buy it.
在哪儿买的?(Zài nǎr mǎi de?) — Where did you buy it?
买两个吧。(Mǎi liǎng gè ba.) — Let's buy two.
2049HSK 1穿chuān to wear; to put on (clothes, shoes)
天冷要多穿衣服。(Tiān lěng yào duō chuān yīfu.) — Wear more when it's cold.
她穿了一件新衣服。(Tā chuānle yí jiàn xīn yīfu.) — She's wearing a new outfit.
你穿什么?(Nǐ chuān shénme?) — What are you wearing?
这件衣服穿着很舒服。(Zhè jiàn yīfu chuānzhe hěn shūfu.) — These clothes are comfortable.
他穿黑色的鞋。(Tā chuān hēisè de xié.) — He's wearing black shoes.
穿多一点,外边冷。(Chuān duō yìdiǎn, wàibian lěng.) — Put more on, it's cold out.
2050HSK 1to wash; to bathe
我要洗衣服。(Wǒ yào xǐ yīfu.) — I need to wash clothes.
吃饭前要洗手。(Chīfàn qián yào xǐshǒu.) — Wash your hands before eating.
杯子洗干净了。(Bēizi xǐ gānjìng le.) — The cup is washed clean.
他在洗菜。(Tā zài xǐcài.) — He's washing vegetables.
洗完了吗?(Xǐwán le ma?) — Have you finished washing?
早上洗脸。(Zǎoshang xǐliǎn.) — I wash my face in the morning.
2051HSK 1gěi to give; to; for
请给我一杯水。(Qǐng gěi wǒ yì bēi shuǐ.) — Please give me a glass of water.
他给了我一本书。(Tā gěile wǒ yì běn shū.) — He gave me a book.
我给你打电话。(Wǒ gěi nǐ dǎ diànhuà.) — I'll call you.
这是给你的。(Zhè shì gěi nǐ de.) — This is for you.
给我看看。(Gěi wǒ kànkan.) — Let me have a look.
妈妈给孩子做饭。(Māma gěi háizi zuòfàn.) — Mum cooks for the children.
2052HSK 1zhǎo to look for; to find
我在找我的书。(Wǒ zài zhǎo wǒ de shū.) — I'm looking for my book.
你找谁?(Nǐ zhǎo shéi?) — Who are you looking for?
他找工作。(Tā zhǎo gōngzuò.) — He's job-hunting.
找不到了。(Zhǎo bu dào le.) — I can't find it.
明天我来找你。(Míngtiān wǒ lái zhǎo nǐ.) — I'll come and find you tomorrow.
找了半天没找到。(Zhǎole bàntiān méi zhǎodào.) — I looked for ages and didn't find it.
2053HSK 1wèn to ask
我想问一个问题。(Wǒ xiǎng wèn yí gè wèntí.) — I'd like to ask a question.
请问,洗手间在哪儿?(Qǐngwèn, xǐshǒujiān zài nǎr?) — Excuse me, where's the toilet?
不懂就问老师。(Bù dǒng jiù wèn lǎoshī.) — Ask the teacher if you don't understand.
他问我叫什么名字。(Tā wèn wǒ jiào shénme míngzi.) — He asked my name.
问问别人吧。(Wènwen biérén ba.) — Ask someone else.
我问了三次。(Wǒ wènle sān cì.) — I asked three times.
2054HSK 1děng to wait; class; grade; and so on
请等一下。(Qǐng děng yíxià.) — Please wait a moment.
我在门口等你。(Wǒ zài ménkǒu děng nǐ.) — I'll wait for you at the door.
他等了一个小时。(Tā děngle yí gè xiǎoshí.) — He waited an hour.
等我一会儿。(Děng wǒ yíhuìr.) — Wait for me a moment.
不用等我了。(Búyòng děng wǒ le.) — Don't wait for me.
等雨停了再走。(Děng yǔ tíngle zài zǒu.) — Wait until the rain stops.
2055HSK 1to take; to hold; to bring
请拿着这个。(Qǐng názhe zhège.) — Please hold this.
他拿了一本书。(Tā nále yì běn shū.) — He took a book.
我来拿吧。(Wǒ lái ná ba.) — Let me carry it.
东西太重,拿不动。(Dōngxi tài zhòng, ná bu dòng.) — It's too heavy to carry.
拿一个给我。(Ná yí gè gěi wǒ.) — Pass me one.
他手里拿着钱包。(Tā shǒu lǐ názhe qiánbāo.) — He's holding a wallet.
2056HSK 1fàng to put; to place; to release
请把书放在桌子上。(Qǐng bǎ shū fàng zài zhuōzi shàng.) — Please put the book on the table.
东西放在包里。(Dōngxi fàng zài bāo lǐ.) — The things are in the bag.
放这儿就行了。(Fàng zhèr jiù xíng le.) — Just put it here.
明天放假。(Míngtiān fàngjià.) — Tomorrow is a holiday.
请放心。(Qǐng fàngxīn.) — Don't worry.
把水放凉再喝。(Bǎ shuǐ fàngliáng zài hē.) — Let the water cool before drinking.
2057HSK 1sòng to deliver; to carry; to give as gift
他送我一本书。(Tā sòng wǒ yì běn shū.) — He gave me a book.
我送你回家。(Wǒ sòng nǐ huí jiā.) — I'll see you home.
爸爸送我去学校。(Bàba sòng wǒ qù xuéxiào.) — Dad takes me to school.
生日我送她花。(Shēngrì wǒ sòng tā huā.) — I gave her flowers for her birthday.
不用送了。(Búyòng sòng le.) — No need to see me out.
他送朋友去机场。(Tā sòng péngyou qù jīchǎng.) — He took his friend to the airport.
2058HSK 1kāi to open; to drive; to turn on
请开门。(Qǐng kāimén.) — Please open the door.
他会开车。(Tā huì kāichē.) — He can drive.
商店九点开门。(Shāngdiàn jiǔ diǎn kāimén.) — The shop opens at nine.
电影七点开始。(Diànyǐng qī diǎn kāishǐ.) — The film starts at seven.
请开电视。(Qǐng kāi diànshì.) — Please turn on the TV.
春天花都开了。(Chūntiān huā dōu kāi le.) — The flowers open in spring.
2059HSK 1guān to close; to turn off; to shut
请关门。(Qǐng guānmén.) — Please close the door.
关上电视吧。(Guānshàng diànshì ba.) — Turn off the TV.
商店十点关门。(Shāngdiàn shí diǎn guānmén.) — The shop closes at ten.
走的时候关灯。(Zǒu de shíhou guān dēng.) — Turn off the light when you go.
门关着。(Mén guānzhe.) — The door is shut.
没关系。(Méi guānxi.) — It doesn't matter.
2060HSK 1to hit; to play (games); to make (phone calls)
我给他打电话。(Wǒ gěi tā dǎ diànhuà.) — I'll give him a call.
我们去打球吧。(Wǒmen qù dǎqiú ba.) — Let's go play ball.
他会打字。(Tā huì dǎzì.) — He can type.
打车去比较快。(Dǎchē qù bǐjiào kuài.) — Taking a taxi is faster.
别打孩子。(Bié dǎ háizi.) — Don't hit the child.
打开书看看。(Dǎkāi shū kànkan.) — Open the book and look.
2061HSK 1zuò to do; to make; to prepare
妈妈在做饭。(Māma zài zuòfàn.) — Mum is cooking.
你在做什么?(Nǐ zài zuò shénme?) — What are you doing?
我做完作业了。(Wǒ zuòwán zuòyè le.) — I've finished my homework.
他做得很好。(Tā zuò de hěn hǎo.) — He does it well.
这个菜是我做的。(Zhège cài shì wǒ zuò de.) — I made this dish.
做人要认真。(Zuòrén yào rènzhēn.) — Be sincere in how you live.
2062HSK 1yòng to use
我用电脑工作。(Wǒ yòng diànnǎo gōngzuò.) — I work on a computer.
这个怎么用?(Zhège zěnme yòng?) — How do you use this?
不用谢。(Búyòng xiè.) — You're welcome.
他用左手写字。(Tā yòng zuǒ shǒu xiězì.) — He writes with his left hand.
这个很有用。(Zhège hěn yǒuyòng.) — This is very useful.
用一下你的手机。(Yòng yíxià nǐ de shǒujī.) — Let me use your phone a second.
2063HSK 1bāng to help; to assist
请帮我一下。(Qǐng bāng wǒ yíxià.) — Please help me a moment.
他帮我找到了书。(Tā bāng wǒ zhǎodàole shū.) — He helped me find the book.
我来帮你。(Wǒ lái bāng nǐ.) — Let me help you.
帮帮别人吧。(Bāngbang biérén ba.) — Help others out.
谢谢你帮我。(Xièxie nǐ bāng wǒ.) — Thanks for helping me.
他帮妈妈做饭。(Tā bāng māma zuòfàn.) — He helps his mum cook.
2064HSK 1xiè to thank
谢谢你。(Xièxie nǐ.) — Thank you.
我要谢谢老师。(Wǒ yào xièxie lǎoshī.) — I want to thank the teacher.
不用谢。(Búyòng xiè.) — You're welcome.
谢谢你的帮助。(Xièxie nǐ de bāngzhù.) — Thank you for your help.
他谢了我一次。(Tā xièle wǒ yí cì.) — He thanked me once.
谢谢,我很高兴。(Xièxie, wǒ hěn gāoxìng.) — Thank you, I'm delighted.
2065HSK 1对不起duìbuqǐ I am sorry; excuse me
对不起,我来晚了。(Duìbuqǐ, wǒ láiwǎn le.) — Sorry, I'm late.
对不起,请问洗手间在哪儿?(Duìbuqǐ, qǐngwèn xǐshǒujiān zài nǎr?) — Excuse me, where's the toilet?
对不起,我不知道。(Duìbuqǐ, wǒ bù zhīdào.) — Sorry, I don't know.
说对不起就行了。(Shuō duìbuqǐ jiù xíng le.) — Just say sorry.
对不起,不是故意的。(Duìbuqǐ, bú shì gùyì de.) — Sorry, it wasn't on purpose.
他说了对不起。(Tā shuōle duìbuqǐ.) — He apologised.
2066HSK 1告诉gàosu to tell; to inform
请告诉我。(Qǐng gàosu wǒ.) — Please tell me.
他告诉我明天来。(Tā gàosu wǒ míngtiān lái.) — He told me he's coming tomorrow.
别告诉别人。(Bié gàosu biérén.) — Don't tell anyone.
我告诉过你了。(Wǒ gàosuguò nǐ le.) — I've told you before.
告诉老师这件事。(Gàosu lǎoshī zhè jiàn shì.) — Tell the teacher about this.
谁告诉你的?(Shéi gàosu nǐ de?) — Who told you?
2067HSK 1回答huídá to answer; to reply
请回答我的问题。(Qǐng huídá wǒ de wèntí.) — Please answer my question.
他回答得很好。(Tā huídá de hěn hǎo.) — He answered well.
我不知道怎么回答。(Wǒ bù zhīdào zěnme huídá.) — I don't know how to answer.
这个问题很难回答。(Zhège wèntí hěn nán huídá.) — This question is hard to answer.
他没有回答。(Tā méiyǒu huídá.) — He didn't answer.
回答对了。(Huídá duì le.) — That's the right answer.
2070HSK 1jiāo to teach; to instruct
老师教我们汉语。(Lǎoshī jiāo wǒmen Hànyǔ.) — The teacher teaches us Chinese.
他教得很好。(Tā jiāo de hěn hǎo.) — He teaches well.
你能教我吗?(Nǐ néng jiāo wǒ ma?) — Could you teach me?
妈妈教我做饭。(Māma jiāo wǒ zuòfàn.) — Mum taught me to cook.
他在大学教书。(Tā zài dàxué jiāoshū.) — He teaches at a university.
教孩子要认真。(Jiāo háizi yào rènzhēn.) — Teaching children takes care.
2073HSK 1huán to return (something borrowed)
我还没吃饭。(Wǒ hái méi chīfàn.) — I haven't eaten yet.
他还在学校。(Tā hái zài xuéxiào.) — He's still at school.
还有别的吗?(Hái yǒu bié de ma?) — Is there anything else?
请把书还给我。(Qǐng bǎ shū huán gěi wǒ.) — Please give me back the book.
我还要一杯水。(Wǒ hái yào yì bēi shuǐ.) — I'd like another glass of water.
钱还没还。(Qián hái méi huán.) — The money hasn't been paid back.
2074HSK 1不客气bú kèqi you're welcome; don't mention it
不客气。(Bú kèqi.) — You're welcome.
谢谢!——不客气。(Xièxie! ——Bú kèqi.) — Thanks! — You're welcome.
不客气,这是应该的。(Bú kèqi, zhè shì yīnggāi de.) — Not at all, it's the least I could do.
大家不要客气。(Dàjiā búyào kèqi.) — Please don't stand on ceremony.
不客气,这是我应该做的。(Bú kèqi, zhè shì wǒ yīnggāi zuò de.) — You are welcome, it is what I should do.
不客气,有事再找我。(Bú kèqi, yǒu shì zài zhǎo wǒ.) — You're welcome, ask me any time.
2075HSK 1读书dúshū to read; to study
他在读书。(Tā zài dúshū.) — He's studying.
读书很重要。(Dúshū hěn zhòngyào.) — Study is important.
我喜欢读书。(Wǒ xǐhuan dúshū.) — I like reading.
他在大学读书。(Tā zài dàxué dúshū.) — He's studying at university.
读书要认真。(Dúshū yào rènzhēn.) — Study with care.
读书让人有知识。(Dúshū ràng rén yǒu zhīshi.) — Reading gives you knowledge.
2076HSK 1huà word; speech
他的话很有用。(Tā de huà hěn yǒuyòng.) — What he says is useful.
听老师的话。(Tīng lǎoshī de huà.) — Do as the teacher says.
我有话要说。(Wǒ yǒu huà yào shuō.) — I have something to say.
这句话很难。(Zhè jù huà hěn nán.) — This sentence is hard.
别说这样的话。(Bié shuō zhèyàng de huà.) — Don't say things like that.
他的话不多。(Tā de huà bù duō.) — He doesn't say much.
2077HSK 1to remember; to record
请记住这个字。(Qǐng jìzhù zhège zì.) — Please remember this character.
我记不住他的名字。(Wǒ jì bu zhù tā de míngzi.) — I can't remember his name.
上课要记笔记。(Shàngkè yào jì bǐjì.) — Take notes in class.
把电话号码记下来。(Bǎ diànhuà hàomǎ jì xiàlái.) — Write the number down.
他记得很清楚。(Tā jì de hěn qīngchu.) — He remembers it clearly.
这件事我记了很久。(Zhè jiàn shì wǒ jìle hěn jiǔ.) — I remembered this for a long time.
2078HSK 1记得jìde to remember
我记得他。(Wǒ jìde tā.) — I remember him.
你记得那天吗?(Nǐ jìde nà tiān ma?) — Do you remember that day?
我不记得了。(Wǒ bú jìde le.) — I don't remember.
记得早点回来。(Jìde zǎodiǎn huílái.) — Remember to come back early.
他还记得我的名字。(Tā hái jìde wǒ de míngzi.) — He still remembers my name.
记得带钱包。(Jìde dài qiánbāo.) — Remember your wallet.
2079HSK 1jiào to call; to be called; to order
我叫小明。(Wǒ jiào Xiǎomíng.) — My name is Xiaoming.
你叫什么名字?(Nǐ jiào shénme míngzi?) — What's your name?
妈妈叫我回家。(Māma jiào wǒ huí jiā.) — Mum told me to come home.
有人叫你。(Yǒu rén jiào nǐ.) — Someone's calling you.
老师叫我们坐下。(Lǎoshī jiào wǒmen zuòxià.) — The teacher told us to sit.
这个菜叫什么?(Zhège cài jiào shénme?) — What's this dish called?
2080HSK 1开玩笑kāi wánxiào to joke; to kid
他喜欢开玩笑。(Tā xǐhuan kāi wánxiào.) — He likes joking.
我是开玩笑的。(Wǒ shì kāi wánxiào de.) — I was joking.
别开玩笑了。(Bié kāi wánxiào le.) — Stop joking.
开玩笑要看时候。(Kāi wánxiào yào kàn shíhou.) — Know when to joke.
他跟我开了个玩笑。(Tā gēn wǒ kāile gè wánxiào.) — He played a joke on me.
他喜欢跟我开玩笑。(Tā xǐhuan gēn wǒ kāi wánxiào.) — He likes to joke with me.
2081HSK 1没什么méi shénme it's nothing; never mind
没什么。(Méi shénme.) — It's nothing.
没什么事。(Méi shénme shì.) — Nothing's wrong.
你怎么了?——没什么。(Nǐ zěnme le? ——Méi shénme.) — What's wrong? — Nothing.
这没什么难的。(Zhè méi shénme nán de.) — There's nothing hard about this.
没什么好吃的。(Méi shénme hǎochī de.) — There's nothing nice to eat.
没什么,别担心。(Méi shénme, bié dānxīn.) — It's nothing, don't worry.
2082HSK 1没事儿méishìr it's OK; no big deal; not busy
没事儿。(Méi shìr.) — It's fine.
对不起!——没事儿。(Duìbuqǐ! ——Méi shìr.) — Sorry! — It's fine.
我今天没事儿。(Wǒ jīntiān méi shìr.) — I'm free today.
你没事儿吧?(Nǐ méi shìr ba?) — Are you all right?
没事儿的时候我看书。(Méi shìr de shíhou wǒ kànshū.) — I read when I've nothing on.
医生说他没事儿。(Yīshēng shuō tā méi shìr.) — The doctor says he's fine.
2083HSK 1qǐng please; to invite
请坐。(Qǐng zuò.) — Please sit down.
请进。(Qǐng jìn.) — Please come in.
请给我一杯水。(Qǐng gěi wǒ yì bēi shuǐ.) — Please give me a glass of water.
我请你吃饭。(Wǒ qǐng nǐ chīfàn.) — Dinner's on me.
请等一下。(Qǐng děng yíxià.) — Please wait a moment.
请慢慢说。(Qǐng mànmàn shuō.) — Please speak slowly.
2084HSK 1请进qǐng jìn please come in
请进!(Qǐng jìn!) — Come in, please!
请进,坐一会儿。(Qǐng jìn, zuò yíhuìr.) — Come in and sit a while.
老师说请进。(Lǎoshī shuō qǐng jìn.) — The teacher said come in.
外边冷,请进。(Wàibian lěng, qǐng jìn.) — It's cold outside, come in.
他开门说请进。(Tā kāimén shuō qǐng jìn.) — He opened the door and said come in.
请进,我在等你。(Qǐng jìn, wǒ zài děng nǐ.) — Come in, I've been waiting for you.
2085HSK 1请问qǐngwèn excuse me; may I ask
请问,你叫什么名字?(Qǐngwèn, nǐ jiào shénme míngzi?) — Excuse me, what's your name?
请问,洗手间在哪儿?(Qǐngwèn, xǐshǒujiān zài nǎr?) — Excuse me, where's the toilet?
请问,现在几点?(Qǐngwèn, xiànzài jǐ diǎn?) — Excuse me, what time is it?
请问,这个多少钱?(Qǐngwèn, zhège duōshǎo qián?) — Excuse me, how much is this?
请问,车站怎么走?(Qǐngwèn, chēzhàn zěnme zǒu?) — Excuse me, how do I get to the station?
请问,你是老师吗?(Qǐngwèn, nǐ shì lǎoshī ma?) — Excuse me, are you a teacher?
2086HSK 1请坐qǐng zuò please sit
请坐。(Qǐng zuò.) — Please sit down.
请坐,喝点茶。(Qǐng zuò, hē diǎn chá.) — Please sit, have some tea.
老师说请坐。(Lǎoshī shuō qǐng zuò.) — The teacher said sit down.
请坐这边。(Qǐng zuò zhèbian.) — Please sit over here.
他说请坐,我就坐下了。(Tā shuō qǐng zuò, wǒ jiù zuòxià le.) — He said sit, so I sat.
请坐,我给你倒水。(Qǐng zuò, wǒ gěi nǐ dào shuǐ.) — Have a seat, I'll pour you some water.
2087HSK 1忘记wàngjì to forget
我忘记了。(Wǒ wàngjì le.) — I forgot.
别忘记带钱包。(Bié wàngjì dài qiánbāo.) — Don't forget your wallet.
我忘记他的名字了。(Wǒ wàngjì tā de míngzi le.) — I've forgotten his name.
他忘记了这件事。(Tā wàngjìle zhè jiàn shì.) — He forgot about it.
不要忘记我。(Búyào wàngjì wǒ.) — Don't forget me.
我忘记关门了。(Wǒ wàngjì guānmén le.) — I forgot to close the door.
2088HSK 1xué to study; to learn
我在学汉语。(Wǒ zài xué Hànyǔ.) — I'm learning Chinese.
学汉语很有意思。(Xué Hànyǔ hěn yǒu yìsi.) — Learning Chinese is interesting.
他学得很快。(Tā xué de hěn kuài.) — He learns quickly.
我想学开车。(Wǒ xiǎng xué kāichē.) — I'd like to learn to drive.
向他学习吧。(Xiàng tā xuéxí ba.) — Follow his example.
学到老,活到老。(Xuédào lǎo, huódào lǎo.) — You learn as long as you live.

13. Verbs: Daily Life & Activities (日常生活, 活动 - rìcháng shēnghuó, huódòng)

✏️ Usage: Modal Verb + Main Verb

💡 Grammar Tip: Modals & Separable Verbs

Auxiliary modal verbs (like 会 (huì) can/will, 能 (néng) can/be able to, 可以 (kěyǐ) may/can) are placed directly *before* the main verb. Watch out for "separable verbs" like 睡觉 (shuìjiào) and 唱歌 (chànggē); they contain a verb and an object built-in, meaning any details must be placed *inside* them (e.g., 睡了个好觉 (shuì le gè hǎo jiào) means "slept a good sleep").

No. Level Listen Chinese Pinyin English Example Examples
2454HSK 1没关系méi guānxi it doesn't matter; that's OK
没关系。(Méi guānxi.) — It doesn't matter.
对不起!——没关系。(Duìbuqǐ! ——Méi guānxi.) — Sorry! — It's fine.
迟到了也没关系。(Chídàole yě méi guānxi.) — It doesn't matter if you're late.
没关系,慢慢来。(Méi guānxi, mànmàn lái.) — It's fine, take your time.
没关系,我不生气。(Méi guānxi, wǒ bù shēngqì.) — It's fine, I'm not cross.
钱少一点没关系。(Qián shǎo yìdiǎn méi guānxi.) — A bit less money doesn't matter.
2455HSK 1谢谢xièxie thank you
谢谢!(Xièxie!) — Thank you!
谢谢你的帮助。(Xièxie nǐ de bāngzhù.) — Thank you for your help.
谢谢老师。(Xièxie lǎoshī.) — Thank you, teacher.
太谢谢你了。(Tài xièxie nǐ le.) — Thank you so much.
谢谢,我很高兴。(Xièxie, wǒ hěn gāoxìng.) — Thank you, I'm delighted.
谢谢!——不客气。(Xièxie! ——Bú kèqi.) — Thanks! — You're welcome.
2456HSK 1再见zàijiàn goodbye; see you again
再见!(Zàijiàn!) — Goodbye!
明天见,再见。(Míngtiān jiàn, zàijiàn.) — See you tomorrow, bye.
老师再见。(Lǎoshī zàijiàn.) — Goodbye, teacher.
他说再见就走了。(Tā shuō zàijiàn jiù zǒu le.) — He said goodbye and left.
再见,路上小心。(Zàijiàn, lùshang xiǎoxīn.) — Bye, take care on the way.
我们说了再见。(Wǒmen shuōle zàijiàn.) — We said goodbye.
2457HSK 1睡觉shuìjiào to sleep
我十点睡觉。(Wǒ shí diǎn shuìjiào.) — I go to bed at ten.
孩子在睡觉。(Háizi zài shuìjiào.) — The child is sleeping.
早点睡觉。(Zǎodiǎn shuìjiào.) — Go to bed early.
昨天睡觉很晚。(Zuótiān shuìjiào hěn wǎn.) — I went to bed late last night.
睡觉前不看手机。(Shuìjiào qián bú kàn shǒujī.) — No phone before bed.
他睡觉很快。(Tā shuìjiào hěn kuài.) — He falls asleep quickly.
2458HSK 1起床qǐchuáng to get out of bed; to get up
我六点起床。(Wǒ liù diǎn qǐchuáng.) — I get up at six.
早上起床很难。(Zǎoshang qǐchuáng hěn nán.) — Getting up is hard in the morning.
他起床很早。(Tā qǐchuáng hěn zǎo.) — He gets up early.
起床以后喝水。(Qǐchuáng yǐhòu hē shuǐ.) — Drink water after getting up.
快起床,要迟到了。(Kuài qǐchuáng, yào chídào le.) — Get up, we'll be late.
星期天我起床很晚。(Xīngqītiān wǒ qǐchuáng hěn wǎn.) — I get up late on Sundays.
2459HSK 1学习xuéxí to study; to learn
我在学习汉语。(Wǒ zài xuéxí Hànyǔ.) — I'm studying Chinese.
学习很重要。(Xuéxí hěn zhòngyào.) — Study is important.
他学习很认真。(Tā xuéxí hěn rènzhēn.) — He studies conscientiously.
好好学习。(Hǎohǎo xuéxí.) — Study hard.
学习要每天做。(Xuéxí yào měitiān zuò.) — Study needs doing every day.
向他学习吧。(Xiàng tā xuéxí ba.) — Learn from him.
2460HSK 1工作gōngzuò to work; job
他在医院工作。(Tā zài yīyuàn gōngzuò.) — He works at a hospital.
我的工作很忙。(Wǒ de gōngzuò hěn máng.) — My job is busy.
他找到了工作。(Tā zhǎodàole gōngzuò.) — He found a job.
工作以后很累。(Gōngzuò yǐhòu hěn lèi.) — I'm tired after work.
这个工作很有意思。(Zhège gōngzuò hěn yǒu yìsi.) — This job is interesting.
星期天不工作。(Xīngqītiān bù gōngzuò.) — I don't work on Sundays.
2462HSK 1介绍jièshào to introduce
我来介绍一下。(Wǒ lái jièshào yíxià.) — Let me introduce.
他给我介绍了工作。(Tā gěi wǒ jièshàole gōngzuò.) — He introduced me to a job.
请介绍你自己。(Qǐng jièshào nǐ zìjǐ.) — Please introduce yourself.
老师介绍了新同学。(Lǎoshī jièshàole xīn tóngxué.) — The teacher introduced the new classmate.
朋友介绍我们认识。(Péngyou jièshào wǒmen rènshi.) — A friend introduced us.
介绍一下这个地方。(Jièshào yíxià zhège dìfang.) — Tell us about this place.
2463HSK 1准备zhǔnbèi to prepare; ready
我在准备考试。(Wǒ zài zhǔnbèi kǎoshì.) — I'm preparing for an exam.
准备好了吗?(Zhǔnbèi hǎo le ma?) — Are you ready?
妈妈在准备晚饭。(Māma zài zhǔnbèi wǎnfàn.) — Mum is getting dinner ready.
东西都准备好了。(Dōngxi dōu zhǔnbèi hǎo le.) — Everything is ready.
他准备明年去中国。(Tā zhǔnbèi míngnián qù Zhōngguó.) — He plans to go to China next year.
请准备一下。(Qǐng zhǔnbèi yíxià.) — Please get ready.
2464HSK 1说话shuōhuà to speak; to talk
别说话。(Bié shuōhuà.) — Don't talk.
他在跟老师说话。(Tā zài gēn lǎoshī shuōhuà.) — He's talking with the teacher.
说话要小声。(Shuōhuà yào xiǎoshēng.) — Keep your voice down.
他说话很快。(Tā shuōhuà hěn kuài.) — He speaks quickly.
上课不能说话。(Shàngkè bù néng shuōhuà.) — No talking in class.
他不喜欢说话。(Tā bù xǐhuan shuōhuà.) — He doesn't like talking.
2465HSK 1唱歌chànggē to sing
她喜欢唱歌。(Tā xǐhuan chànggē.) — She likes singing.
孩子们在唱歌。(Háizimen zài chànggē.) — The children are singing.
他唱歌很好听。(Tā chànggē hěn hǎotīng.) — He sings beautifully.
我唱歌不好听。(Wǒ chànggē bù hǎotīng.) — I don't sing well.
生日的时候大家唱歌。(Shēngrì de shíhou dàjiā chànggē.) — Everyone sings at birthdays.
我们一起唱歌吧。(Wǒmen yìqǐ chànggē ba.) — Let's sing together.
2469HSK 1休息xiūxi to rest
请休息一下。(Qǐng xiūxi yíxià.) — Please take a rest.
中午休息一个小时。(Zhōngwǔ xiūxi yí gè xiǎoshí.) — We rest for an hour at midday.
太累了,我要休息。(Tài lèi le, wǒ yào xiūxi.) — I'm too tired, I need a rest.
星期天在家休息。(Xīngqītiān zài jiā xiūxi.) — I rest at home on Sundays.
休息一会儿再走。(Xiūxi yíhuìr zài zǒu.) — Rest a while before going.
好好休息。(Hǎohǎo xiūxi.) — Get a good rest.
2471HSK 1玩儿wánr to play; to have fun
孩子在玩儿。(Háizi zài wánr.) — The children are playing.
我们出去玩儿吧。(Wǒmen chūqù wánr ba.) — Let's go out and have some fun.
今天玩儿得很高兴。(Jīntiān wánr de hěn gāoxìng.) — We had a great time today.
他喜欢玩儿球。(Tā xǐhuan wánr qiú.) — He likes playing ball.
别玩儿手机了。(Bié wánr shǒujī le.) — Stop playing on your phone.
来我家玩儿吧。(Lái wǒ jiā wánr ba.) — Come round to mine.
2472HSK 1xiào to laugh; to smile
他笑了。(Tā xiào le.) — He smiled.
她笑起来很好看。(Tā xiào qǐlái hěn hǎokàn.) — She looks lovely when she smiles.
孩子们都在笑。(Háizimen dōu zài xiào.) — The children are all laughing.
别笑我。(Bié xiào wǒ.) — Don't laugh at me.
这个故事很好笑。(Zhège gùshi hěn hǎoxiào.) — This story is funny.
他笑着说好。(Tā xiàozhe shuō hǎo.) — He smiled and said yes.
2473HSK 1xiǎng to want; to think; to miss
我想喝水。(Wǒ xiǎng hē shuǐ.) — I want to drink water.
你想什么呢?(Nǐ xiǎng shénme ne?) — What are you thinking about?
我很想家。(Wǒ hěn xiǎng jiā.) — I miss home.
我想他明天会来。(Wǒ xiǎng tā míngtiān huì lái.) — I think he'll come tomorrow.
想一想再说。(Xiǎng yi xiǎng zài shuō.) — Think it over before speaking.
我不想去。(Wǒ bù xiǎng qù.) — I don't want to go.
2474HSK 1喜欢xǐhuan to like
我喜欢喝茶。(Wǒ xǐhuan hē chá.) — I like drinking tea.
你喜欢什么?(Nǐ xǐhuan shénme?) — What do you like?
他很喜欢这本书。(Tā hěn xǐhuan zhè běn shū.) — He likes this book a lot.
我不喜欢下雨天。(Wǒ bù xǐhuan xiàyǔ tiān.) — I don't like rainy days.
孩子喜欢玩儿。(Háizi xǐhuan wánr.) — Children like playing.
大家都喜欢他。(Dàjiā dōu xǐhuan tā.) — Everyone likes him.
2475HSK 1ài to love
我爱我的家人。(Wǒ ài wǒ de jiārén.) — I love my family.
妈妈很爱我。(Māma hěn ài wǒ.) — Mum loves me very much.
他爱看书。(Tā ài kànshū.) — He loves reading.
我爱你。(Wǒ ài nǐ.) — I love you.
爱学习的孩子。(Ài xuéxí de háizi.) — A child who loves learning.
她很爱她的工作。(Tā hěn ài tā de gōngzuò.) — She loves her job.
2476HSK 1huì can; know how to; will; meeting
我会说汉语。(Wǒ huì shuō Hànyǔ.) — I can speak Chinese.
他会开车。(Tā huì kāichē.) — He can drive.
明天会下雨。(Míngtiān huì xiàyǔ.) — It'll rain tomorrow.
我不会做饭。(Wǒ bú huì zuòfàn.) — I can't cook.
他会来的。(Tā huì lái de.) — He'll come.
你会写这个字吗?(Nǐ huì xiě zhège zì ma?) — Can you write this character?
2477HSK 1néng can; be able to
我能帮你。(Wǒ néng bāng nǐ.) — I can help you.
你能来吗?(Nǐ néng lái ma?) — Can you come?
这里不能吃东西。(Zhèlǐ bù néng chī dōngxi.) — You can't eat here.
今天太忙,不能去。(Jīntiān tài máng, bù néng qù.) — Too busy today, I can't go.
他能跑得很快。(Tā néng pǎo de hěn kuài.) — He can run fast.
能不能等一下?(Néng bu néng děng yíxià?) — Could you wait a moment?
2482HSK 1知道zhīdào to know; to realize
我知道了。(Wǒ zhīdào le.) — I see.
你知道他的名字吗?(Nǐ zhīdào tā de míngzi ma?) — Do you know his name?
我不知道。(Wǒ bù zhīdào.) — I don't know.
大家都知道这件事。(Dàjiā dōu zhīdào zhè jiàn shì.) — Everyone knows about it.
他知道怎么去。(Tā zhīdào zěnme qù.) — He knows how to get there.
我早就知道了。(Wǒ zǎojiù zhīdào le.) — I knew ages ago.
2483HSK 1认识rènshi to know (people); to recognize
我认识他。(Wǒ rènshi tā.) — I know him.
很高兴认识你。(Hěn gāoxìng rènshi nǐ.) — Nice to meet you.
这个字我不认识。(Zhège zì wǒ bú rènshi.) — I don't know this character.
我们是去年认识的。(Wǒmen shì qùnián rènshi de.) — We met last year.
你认识路吗?(Nǐ rènshi lù ma?) — Do you know the way?
认识新朋友很高兴。(Rènshi xīn péngyou hěn gāoxìng.) — It's nice to make new friends.
2484HSK 1觉得juéde to feel; to think
我觉得很好。(Wǒ juéde hěn hǎo.) — I think it's good.
你觉得怎么样?(Nǐ juéde zěnmeyàng?) — What do you think?
我觉得有点累。(Wǒ juéde yǒudiǎn lèi.) — I feel a bit tired.
他觉得这个太贵。(Tā juéde zhège tài guì.) — He thinks this is too expensive.
我觉得他会来。(Wǒ juéde tā huì lái.) — I think he'll come.
你觉得冷吗?(Nǐ juéde lěng ma?) — Do you feel cold?
2485HSK 1明白míngbai to understand; clear; obvious
我明白了。(Wǒ míngbai le.) — I understand.
你明白吗?(Nǐ míngbai ma?) — Do you understand?
我不太明白。(Wǒ bú tài míngbai.) — I don't quite understand.
老师说得很明白。(Lǎoshī shuō de hěn míngbai.) — The teacher explained clearly.
这件事我明白了。(Zhè jiàn shì wǒ míngbai le.) — I understand this now.
明白了就说一下。(Míngbaile jiù shuō yíxià.) — Say so if you understand.
2494HSK 1生病shēngbìng to fall ill; sick
他生病了。(Tā shēngbìng le.) — He's fallen ill.
生病要去医院。(Shēngbìng yào qù yīyuàn.) — Go to hospital if you're ill.
孩子生病了,很累。(Háizi shēngbìng le, hěn lèi.) — The child is ill and worn out.
她生病没来上课。(Tā shēngbìng méi lái shàngkè.) — She was ill and missed class.
天冷容易生病。(Tiān lěng róngyì shēngbìng.) — You fall ill easily in the cold.
生病了要多休息。(Shēngbìng le yào duō xiūxi.) — Rest more when you're ill.
2495HSK 1见面jiànmiàn to meet; to see each other
我们明天见面。(Wǒmen míngtiān jiànmiàn.) — We're meeting tomorrow.
在哪儿见面?(Zài nǎr jiànmiàn?) — Where shall we meet?
好久没见面了。(Hǎojiǔ méi jiànmiàn le.) — We haven't met in a long time.
见面的地点是门口。(Jiànmiàn de dìdiǎn shì ménkǒu.) — We're meeting at the entrance.
第一次见面很高兴。(Dì yī cì jiànmiàn hěn gāoxìng.) — Lovely to meet for the first time.
他们每星期见面。(Tāmen měi xīngqī jiànmiàn.) — They meet every week.
2498HSK 1wàng to forget
我忘了。(Wǒ wàng le.) — I forgot.
别忘了带书。(Bié wàngle dài shū.) — Don't forget your book.
我忘了他的名字。(Wǒ wàngle tā de míngzi.) — I've forgotten his name.
他忘了关门。(Tā wàngle guānmén.) — He forgot to close the door.
这件事别忘。(Zhè jiàn shì bié wàng.) — Don't forget this.
我忘了时间。(Wǒ wàngle shíjiān.) — I lost track of time.
2499HSK 1记住jìzhu to remember; keep in mind
请记住这个字。(Qǐng jìzhù zhège zì.) — Please remember this character.
我记住了。(Wǒ jìzhù le.) — I've got it.
他的名字我记不住。(Tā de míngzi wǒ jì bu zhù.) — I can't remember his name.
记住老师的话。(Jìzhù lǎoshī de huà.) — Remember what the teacher said.
这个电话号码要记住。(Zhège diànhuà hàomǎ yào jìzhù.) — Memorise this phone number.
记住了就不会忘。(Jìzhùle jiù bú huì wàng.) — Once memorised you won't forget.
2501HSK 1生气shēngqì to get angry; angry
他生气了。(Tā shēngqì le.) — He's angry.
别生气。(Bié shēngqì.) — Don't be cross.
妈妈很生气。(Māma hěn shēngqì.) — Mum is very cross.
我不生气。(Wǒ bù shēngqì.) — I'm not cross.
他生气地走了。(Tā shēngqì de zǒu le.) — He left in a huff.
生气对身体不好。(Shēngqì duì shēntǐ bù hǎo.) — Anger is bad for your health.
2504HSK 1xiào to laugh; smile
他笑了。(Tā xiào le.) — He smiled.
她笑起来很好看。(Tā xiào qǐlái hěn hǎokàn.) — She looks lovely when she smiles.
孩子们都在笑。(Háizimen dōu zài xiào.) — The children are all laughing.
别笑我。(Bié xiào wǒ.) — Don't laugh at me.
这个故事很好笑。(Zhège gùshi hěn hǎoxiào.) — This story is funny.
他笑着说好。(Tā xiàozhe shuō hǎo.) — He smiled and said yes.
2508HSK 1帮忙bāngmáng to help; to do a favor
请帮忙。(Qǐng bāngmáng.) — Please help.
谢谢你帮忙。(Xièxie nǐ bāngmáng.) — Thank you for your help.
他帮了我一个忙。(Tā bāngle wǒ yí gè máng.) — He did me a favour.
我来帮忙吧。(Wǒ lái bāngmáng ba.) — Let me help.
大家一起帮忙。(Dàjiā yìqǐ bāngmáng.) — Everyone pitched in.
需要帮忙吗?(Xūyào bāngmáng ma?) — Do you need help?
2509HSK 1bìng illness; disease; to fall ill
他病了。(Tā bìng le.) — He's ill.
病人在休息。(Bìngrén zài xiūxi.) — The patient is resting.
生病要看医生。(Shēngbìng yào kàn yīshēng.) — See a doctor if you're ill.
他的病好了。(Tā de bìng hǎo le.) — He's recovered.
这个病不重。(Zhège bìng bú zhòng.) — This illness isn't serious.
病了就别上班。(Bìngle jiù bié shàngbān.) — Don't go to work if you're ill.
2510HSK 1chàng to sing
她在唱歌。(Tā zài chànggē.) — She's singing.
他唱得很好。(Tā chàng de hěn hǎo.) — He sings well.
唱一个吧。(Chàng yí gè ba.) — Give us a song.
孩子唱得很高兴。(Háizi chàng de hěn gāoxìng.) — The children sang happily.
这首歌我不会唱。(Zhè shǒu gē wǒ bú huì chàng.) — I can't sing this song.
大家一起唱吧。(Dàjiā yìqǐ chàng ba.) — Let's all sing together.
2511HSK 1吃饭chīfàn to eat (a meal)
我们吃饭吧。(Wǒmen chīfàn ba.) — Let's eat.
你吃饭了吗?(Nǐ chīfàn le ma?) — Have you eaten?
中午在学校吃饭。(Zhōngwǔ zài xuéxiào chīfàn.) — I eat at school at midday.
吃饭前要洗手。(Chīfàn qián yào xǐshǒu.) — Wash your hands before eating.
一起吃饭吧。(Yìqǐ chīfàn ba.) — Let's eat together.
吃饭的时候别说话。(Chīfàn de shíhou bié shuōhuà.) — Don't talk while eating.
2512HSK 1打车dǎchē to take a taxi
我们打车去吧。(Wǒmen dǎchē qù ba.) — Let's take a taxi.
打车很贵。(Dǎchē hěn guì.) — Taxis are expensive.
他打车去机场。(Tā dǎchē qù jīchǎng.) — He took a taxi to the airport.
下雨天不好打车。(Xiàyǔ tiān bù hǎo dǎchē.) — Taxis are hard to get in the rain.
打车比坐车快。(Dǎchē bǐ zuòchē kuài.) — A taxi is faster than the bus.
在门口打车吧。(Zài ménkǒu dǎchē ba.) — Let's get a taxi at the entrance.
2513HSK 1打电话dǎ diànhuà to make a phone call
我给他打电话。(Wǒ gěi tā dǎ diànhuà.) — I'll give him a call.
他在打电话。(Tā zài dǎ diànhuà.) — He's on the phone.
晚上给我打电话。(Wǎnshang gěi wǒ dǎ diànhuà.) — Call me tonight.
我打了三次电话。(Wǒ dǎle sān cì diànhuà.) — I called three times.
有事就打电话。(Yǒu shì jiù dǎ diànhuà.) — Call if anything comes up.
上课不能打电话。(Shàngkè bù néng dǎ diànhuà.) — No phone calls in class.
2514HSK 1打球dǎqiú to play ball
我们去打球吧。(Wǒmen qù dǎqiú ba.) — Let's go play ball.
他很喜欢打球。(Tā hěn xǐhuan dǎqiú.) — He loves playing ball.
打球对身体好。(Dǎqiú duì shēntǐ hǎo.) — Ball games are good for you.
下午和同学打球。(Xiàwǔ hé tóngxué dǎqiú.) — I play ball with classmates in the afternoon.
下雨天不能打球。(Xiàyǔ tiān bù néng dǎqiú.) — You can't play ball in the rain.
他打球打得很好。(Tā dǎqiú dǎ de hěn hǎo.) — He plays ball very well.
2515HSK 1放假fàngjià to have a holiday/vacation
明天放假。(Míngtiān fàngjià.) — Tomorrow is a holiday.
学校放假了。(Xuéxiào fàngjià le.) — School is on holiday.
放假我要回家。(Fàngjià wǒ yào huí jiā.) — I'm going home for the holiday.
放几天假?(Fàng jǐ tiān jià?) — How many days off?
放假的时候很高兴。(Fàngjià de shíhou hěn gāoxìng.) — Holidays are happy times.
夏天放假很长。(Xiàtiān fàngjià hěn cháng.) — The summer holiday is long.
2516HSK 1gàn to do; to work
你在干什么?(Nǐ zài gàn shénme?) — What are you doing?
他干得很好。(Tā gàn de hěn hǎo.) — He does it well.
今天有很多事要干。(Jīntiān yǒu hěn duō shì yào gàn.) — There's a lot to do today.
衣服干了。(Yīfu gān le.) — The clothes are dry.
手是干的。(Shǒu shì gān de.) — My hands are dry.
干完了就休息。(Gànwánle jiù xiūxi.) — Rest when the work is done.
2517HSK 1回家huíjiā to go home
我要回家了。(Wǒ yào huí jiā le.) — I'm going home.
他几点回家?(Tā jǐ diǎn huí jiā?) — What time does he get home?
下课以后回家。(Xiàkè yǐhòu huí jiā.) — I go home after class.
放假回家看爸妈。(Fàngjià huí jiā kàn bà mā.) — I go home to see my parents in the holidays.
回家的路很远。(Huí jiā de lù hěn yuǎn.) — The way home is long.
早点回家。(Zǎodiǎn huí jiā.) — Come home early.
2518HSK 1开车kāichē to drive a car
他会开车。(Tā huì kāichē.) — He can drive.
开车要小心。(Kāichē yào xiǎoxīn.) — Drive carefully.
我开车去上班。(Wǒ kāichē qù shàngbān.) — I drive to work.
开车不能看手机。(Kāichē bù néng kàn shǒujī.) — No phone while driving.
他开车开得很快。(Tā kāichē kāi de hěn kuài.) — He drives fast.
我不会开车。(Wǒ bú huì kāichē.) — I can't drive.
2519HSK 1开会kāihuì to have a meeting
下午开会。(Xiàwǔ kāihuì.) — There's a meeting this afternoon.
他在开会。(Tā zài kāihuì.) — He's in a meeting.
开会的时候别说话。(Kāihuì de shíhou bié shuōhuà.) — Don't talk during the meeting.
开会开了两个小时。(Kāihuì kāile liǎng gè xiǎoshí.) — The meeting lasted two hours.
今天不开会。(Jīntiān bù kāihuì.) — No meeting today.
开会以后再说吧。(Kāihuì yǐhòu zài shuō ba.) — Let's talk after the meeting.
2520HSK 1看病kànbìng to see a doctor
我去医院看病。(Wǒ qù yīyuàn kànbìng.) — I'm going to the hospital.
看病要等很久。(Kànbìng yào děng hěn jiǔ.) — You wait a long time to be seen.
医生在给他看病。(Yīshēng zài gěi tā kànbìng.) — The doctor is seeing him.
生病了就去看病。(Shēngbìngle jiù qù kànbìng.) — Go and see a doctor if you're ill.
看病很贵。(Kànbìng hěn guì.) — Seeing a doctor is expensive.
他今天去看病了。(Tā jīntiān qù kànbìng le.) — He went to the doctor today.
2521HSK 1请假qǐngjià to ask for leave
我要请假。(Wǒ yào qǐngjià.) — I need to take leave.
他请了三天假。(Tā qǐngle sān tiān jià.) — He took three days off.
生病可以请假。(Shēngbìng kěyǐ qǐngjià.) — You can take leave if you're ill.
请假要告诉老师。(Qǐngjià yào gàosu lǎoshī.) — Tell the teacher if you take leave.
他没请假就走了。(Tā méi qǐngjià jiù zǒu le.) — He left without asking for leave.
明天我请假。(Míngtiān wǒ qǐngjià.) — I'm taking tomorrow off.
2522HSK 1上班shàngbān to go to work
我八点上班。(Wǒ bā diǎn shàngbān.) — I start work at eight.
他去上班了。(Tā qù shàngbān le.) — He's gone to work.
星期天不上班。(Xīngqītiān bú shàngbān.) — I don't work on Sundays.
上班的路很远。(Shàngbān de lù hěn yuǎn.) — It's a long way to work.
上班以后很累。(Shàngbān yǐhòu hěn lèi.) — I'm tired after work.
明天不用上班。(Míngtiān búyòng shàngbān.) — No need to work tomorrow.
2523HSK 1上车shàngchē to get on a vehicle
上车吧。(Shàngchē ba.) — Get in.
车来了,快上车。(Chē lái le, kuài shàngchē.) — The bus is here, get on.
上车要买票。(Shàngchē yào mǎi piào.) — Buy a ticket when you board.
他上车以后就睡了。(Tā shàngchē yǐhòu jiù shuì le.) — He fell asleep after boarding.
上车的人很多。(Shàngchē de rén hěn duō.) — Lots of people are getting on.
请从前边上车。(Qǐng cóng qiánbian shàngchē.) — Please board at the front.
2524HSK 1上网shàngwǎng to go online
我在上网。(Wǒ zài shàngwǎng.) — I'm online.
上网可以学汉语。(Shàngwǎng kěyǐ xué Hànyǔ.) — You can learn Chinese online.
他每天上网看新闻。(Tā měitiān shàngwǎng kàn xīnwén.) — He goes online to read the news daily.
上网太久对眼睛不好。(Shàngwǎng tài jiǔ duì yǎnjing bù hǎo.) — Too long online is bad for your eyes.
这里不能上网。(Zhèlǐ bù néng shàngwǎng.) — You can't get online here.
上网买东西很方便。(Shàngwǎng mǎi dōngxi hěn fāngbiàn.) — Shopping online is convenient.
2525HSK 1shì to try; to test
我想试一下。(Wǒ xiǎng shì yíxià.) — I'd like to try.
你试试吧。(Nǐ shìshi ba.) — Give it a go.
这件衣服可以试吗?(Zhè jiàn yīfu kěyǐ shì ma?) — Can I try these clothes on?
试了三次才行。(Shìle sān cì cái xíng.) — It took three tries.
不试怎么知道?(Bú shì zěnme zhīdào?) — How will you know without trying?
他试着说汉语。(Tā shìzhe shuō Hànyǔ.) — He tried speaking Chinese.
2526HSK 1shuì to sleep
孩子睡了。(Háizi shuì le.) — The child is asleep.
我十点睡。(Wǒ shí diǎn shuì.) — I go to sleep at ten.
昨天睡得很晚。(Zuótiān shuì de hěn wǎn.) — I went to sleep late last night.
他睡了八个小时。(Tā shuìle bā gè xiǎoshí.) — He slept eight hours.
太吵,睡不着。(Tài chǎo, shuì bu zháo.) — Too noisy, I can't sleep.
早点睡吧。(Zǎodiǎn shuì ba.) — Get to sleep early.
2527HSK 1下班xiàbān to get off work
我五点下班。(Wǒ wǔ diǎn xiàbān.) — I finish work at five.
他下班了。(Tā xiàbān le.) — He's finished work.
下班以后去买菜。(Xiàbān yǐhòu qù mǎicài.) — I shop after work.
下班的车很多。(Xiàbān de chē hěn duō.) — There's heavy traffic after work.
今天早点下班。(Jīntiān zǎodiǎn xiàbān.) — I'm finishing early today.
下班回家很累。(Xiàbān huí jiā hěn lèi.) — I'm tired coming home from work.
2528HSK 1下车xiàchē to get off a vehicle
下一站下车。(Xià yí zhàn xiàchē.) — Get off at the next stop.
他下车了。(Tā xiàchē le.) — He got off.
到了,下车吧。(Dào le, xiàchē ba.) — We're here, let's get off.
下车要小心。(Xiàchē yào xiǎoxīn.) — Be careful getting off.
在哪儿下车?(Zài nǎr xiàchē?) — Where do we get off?
下车的人很多。(Xiàchē de rén hěn duō.) — Lots of people are getting off.
2529HSK 1下雨xiàyǔ to rain
外边下雨了。(Wàibian xiàyǔ le.) — It's raining outside.
明天会下雨。(Míngtiān huì xiàyǔ.) — It'll rain tomorrow.
下雨天我在家。(Xiàyǔ tiān wǒ zài jiā.) — I stay home on rainy days.
下雨了,别出去。(Xiàyǔ le, bié chūqù.) — It's raining, don't go out.
昨天下了一天雨。(Zuótiān xiàle yì tiān yǔ.) — It rained all day yesterday.
等不下雨了再走。(Děng bú xiàyǔ le zài zǒu.) — Wait until it stops raining.

14. Adjectives (形容词 - xíngróngcí)

✏️ Usage: Subject + 很 + Adjective

💡 Grammar Tip: Predicative Adjectives & 很

In Chinese, predicate adjectives act like verbs. You **do not** use the verb 是 (shì) to link a subject and an adjective. Instead, use the modifier 很 (hěn) (e.g., 我累 (wǒ lèi) becomes 我很累 (wǒ hěn lèi)). When 很 (hěn) is used in this way, it loses its literal meaning of "very" and simply connects the adjective.

No. Level Listen Chinese Pinyin English Example Examples
2677HSK 1hǎo good; well
今天天气很好。(Jīntiān tiānqì hěn hǎo.) — The weather is nice today.
你好!(Nǐ hǎo!) — Hello!
这本书很好。(Zhè běn shū hěn hǎo.) — This book is good.
好,就这样吧。(Hǎo, jiù zhèyàng ba.) — All right, let's do that.
他的身体很好。(Tā de shēntǐ hěn hǎo.) — He's in good health.
好好休息。(Hǎohǎo xiūxi.) — Get a good rest.
2678HSK 1huài bad; broken
电脑坏了。(Diànnǎo huài le.) — The computer is broken.
这个东西坏了。(Zhège dōngxi huài le.) — This thing is broken.
他不是坏人。(Tā bú shì huàirén.) — He isn't a bad person.
菜坏了,别吃。(Cài huài le, bié chī.) — The food has gone off, don't eat it.
车坏在路上了。(Chē huài zài lùshang le.) — The car broke down on the way.
天气很坏。(Tiānqì hěn huài.) — The weather is terrible.
2679HSK 1big; large; great
这个房子很大。(Zhège fángzi hěn dà.) — This house is big.
他比我大三岁。(Tā bǐ wǒ dà sān suì.) — He's three years older than me.
风很大。(Fēng hěn dà.) — It's very windy.
声音太大了。(Shēngyīn tài dà le.) — It's too loud.
大学在城市的北边。(Dàxué zài chéngshì de běibian.) — The university is north of the city.
孩子长大了。(Háizi zhǎngdà le.) — The child has grown up.
2680HSK 1xiǎo small; little
我的房间很小。(Wǒ de fángjiān hěn xiǎo.) — My room is small.
他比我小两岁。(Tā bǐ wǒ xiǎo liǎng suì.) — He's two years younger than me.
请小声一点。(Qǐng xiǎoshēng yìdiǎn.) — Please keep your voice down.
小孩儿在玩儿。(Xiǎoháir zài wánr.) — The little ones are playing.
这件衣服太小了。(Zhè jiàn yīfu tài xiǎo le.) — These clothes are too small.
小时候我住在这儿。(Xiǎo shíhou wǒ zhù zài zhèr.) — I lived here as a child.
2681HSK 1duō many; much
这里人很多。(Zhèlǐ rén hěn duō.) — There are lots of people here.
多喝水。(Duō hē shuǐ.) — Drink plenty of water.
你有多少书?(Nǐ yǒu duōshǎo shū?) — How many books do you have?
东西太多了。(Dōngxi tài duō le.) — There's too much stuff.
他比我大得多。(Tā bǐ wǒ dà de duō.) — He's much older than me.
多学一点儿。(Duō xué yìdiǎnr.) — Learn a bit more.
2682HSK 1shǎo few; little; lack
人很少。(Rén hěn shǎo.) — There are few people.
少吃一点。(Shǎo chī yìdiǎn.) — Eat a bit less.
钱太少了。(Qián tài shǎo le.) — There's too little money.
这里的商店很少。(Zhèlǐ de shāngdiàn hěn shǎo.) — There are few shops here.
时间很少。(Shíjiān hěn shǎo.) — There's very little time.
少说多做。(Shǎo shuō duō zuò.) — Say less, do more.
2683HSK 1gāo tall; high
他很高。(Tā hěn gāo.) — He's tall.
这座山很高。(Zhè zuò shān hěn gāo.) — This mountain is high.
今天气温很高。(Jīntiān qìwēn hěn gāo.) — The temperature is high today.
他比我高一点。(Tā bǐ wǒ gāo yìdiǎn.) — He's a bit taller than me.
高高的树在门口。(Gāogāo de shù zài ménkǒu.) — A tall tree stands at the door.
这个太高,拿不到。(Zhège tài gāo, ná bu dào.) — It's too high, I can't reach.
2687HSK 1xīn new; fresh
这是新书。(Zhè shì xīn shū.) — This is a new book.
他买了一个新手机。(Tā mǎile yí gè xīn shǒujī.) — He bought a new phone.
新年快乐!(Xīnnián kuàilè!) — Happy New Year!
新同学叫小明。(Xīn tóngxué jiào Xiǎomíng.) — The new classmate is Xiaoming.
新的比旧的贵。(Xīn de bǐ jiù de guì.) — New ones cost more than old.
房子很新。(Fángzi hěn xīn.) — The house is new.
2689HSK 1lěng cold
今天很冷。(Jīntiān hěn lěng.) — It's cold today.
外边冷,多穿衣服。(Wàibian lěng, duō chuān yīfu.) — It's cold out, wear more.
冬天很冷。(Dōngtiān hěn lěng.) — Winter is cold.
水太冷了。(Shuǐ tài lěng le.) — The water is too cold.
我的手很冷。(Wǒ de shǒu hěn lěng.) — My hands are cold.
天冷容易生病。(Tiān lěng róngyì shēngbìng.) — You fall ill easily in the cold.
2690HSK 1hot; warm up
今天很热。(Jīntiān hěn rè.) — It's hot today.
夏天很热。(Xiàtiān hěn rè.) — Summer is hot.
茶还是热的。(Chá háishì rè de.) — The tea is still hot.
天热要多喝水。(Tiān rè yào duō hē shuǐ.) — Drink more water in the heat.
房间里太热了。(Fángjiān lǐ tài rè le.) — It's too hot in the room.
热菜比冷菜好吃。(Rè cài bǐ lěng cài hǎochī.) — Hot food beats cold.
2691HSK 1高兴gāoxìng happy; glad
我很高兴。(Wǒ hěn gāoxìng.) — I'm very happy.
很高兴认识你。(Hěn gāoxìng rènshi nǐ.) — Nice to meet you.
他今天不高兴。(Tā jīntiān bù gāoxìng.) — He isn't happy today.
孩子们玩儿得很高兴。(Háizimen wánr de hěn gāoxìng.) — The children had a great time.
看到你我很高兴。(Kàndào nǐ wǒ hěn gāoxìng.) — I'm glad to see you.
高兴的时候我唱歌。(Gāoxìng de shíhou wǒ chànggē.) — I sing when I'm happy.
2693HSK 1lèi tired; fatigued
我很累。(Wǒ hěn lèi.) — I'm tired.
今天太累了。(Jīntiān tài lèi le.) — Today was exhausting.
累了就休息一下。(Lèile jiù xiūxi yíxià.) — Rest a while if you're tired.
他工作很累。(Tā gōngzuò hěn lèi.) — His job is tiring.
走了一天,很累。(Zǒule yì tiān, hěn lèi.) — A day's walking, very tiring.
不累,我还行。(Bú lèi, wǒ hái xíng.) — Not tired, I'm fine.
2694HSK 1饿è hungry
我很饿。(Wǒ hěn è.) — I'm hungry.
你饿吗?(Nǐ è ma?) — Are you hungry?
饿了就吃点东西。(Èle jiù chī diǎn dōngxi.) — Eat something if you're hungry.
早上没吃饭,很饿。(Zǎoshang méi chīfàn, hěn è.) — I skipped breakfast and I'm starving.
孩子饿了。(Háizi è le.) — The child is hungry.
不饿,我吃过了。(Bú è, wǒ chīguò le.) — Not hungry, I've eaten.
2695HSK 1thirsty
我很渴。(Wǒ hěn kě.) — I'm thirsty.
渴了就喝水。(Kěle jiù hē shuǐ.) — Drink water if you're thirsty.
天热容易渴。(Tiān rè róngyì kě.) — You get thirsty in the heat.
你渴吗?(Nǐ kě ma?) — Are you thirsty?
跑完步很渴。(Pǎowán bù hěn kě.) — I'm thirsty after running.
不渴,谢谢。(Bù kě, xièxie.) — Not thirsty, thanks.
2696HSK 1máng busy
我很忙。(Wǒ hěn máng.) — I'm busy.
你忙吗?(Nǐ máng ma?) — Are you busy?
他工作很忙。(Tā gōngzuò hěn máng.) — He's busy with work.
今天不忙。(Jīntiān bù máng.) — Today isn't busy.
忙完了就休息。(Mángwánle jiù xiūxi.) — Rest when you're done.
最近很忙,没时间。(Zuìjìn hěn máng, méi shíjiān.) — Busy lately, no time.
2697HSK 1nán difficult; hard
汉语很难。(Hànyǔ hěn nán.) — Chinese is hard.
这个字很难写。(Zhège zì hěn nán xiě.) — This character is hard to write.
考试不太难。(Kǎoshì bú tài nán.) — The exam isn't too hard.
难的事要慢慢做。(Nán de shì yào mànmàn zuò.) — Take hard things slowly.
这个问题很难回答。(Zhège wèntí hěn nán huídá.) — This question is hard to answer.
不难,你会的。(Bù nán, nǐ huì de.) — It isn't hard, you'll manage.
2700HSK 1guì expensive; costly
这个太贵了。(Zhège tài guì le.) — This is too expensive.
东西很贵。(Dōngxi hěn guì.) — Things are expensive.
这件太贵了。(Zhè jiàn tài guì le.) — This one is too expensive.
这本书不贵。(Zhè běn shū bú guì.) — This book isn't expensive.
贵的不一定好。(Guì de bù yídìng hǎo.) — Expensive doesn't always mean good.
房子越来越贵了。(Fángzi yuèláiyuè guì le.) — Houses keep getting more expensive.
2706HSK 1干净gānjìng clean; neat
房间很干净。(Fángjiān hěn gānjìng.) — The room is clean.
请把手洗干净。(Qǐng bǎ shǒu xǐ gānjìng.) — Please wash your hands clean.
衣服洗干净了。(Yīfu xǐ gānjìng le.) — The clothes are washed clean.
这里很干净。(Zhèlǐ hěn gānjìng.) — It's clean here.
桌子不太干净。(Zhuōzi bú tài gānjìng.) — The table isn't very clean.
干净的水才能喝。(Gānjìng de shuǐ cái néng hē.) — Only clean water is drinkable.
2717HSK 1重要zhòngyào important; significant
这件事很重要。(Zhè jiàn shì hěn zhòngyào.) — This matter is important.
身体最重要。(Shēntǐ zuì zhòngyào.) — Health matters most.
学习很重要。(Xuéxí hěn zhòngyào.) — Study is important.
这不重要。(Zhè bú zhòngyào.) — This isn't important.
重要的话要记住。(Zhòngyào de huà yào jìzhù.) — Remember the important points.
时间比钱重要。(Shíjiān bǐ qián zhòngyào.) — Time matters more than money.
2720HSK 1有名yǒumíng famous; well-known
这个地方很有名。(Zhège dìfang hěn yǒumíng.) — This place is famous.
他是有名的老师。(Tā shì yǒumíng de lǎoshī.) — He's a well-known teacher.
中国的茶很有名。(Zhōngguó de chá hěn yǒumíng.) — Chinese tea is famous.
这本书很有名。(Zhè běn shū hěn yǒumíng.) — This book is well known.
有名的东西不便宜。(Yǒumíng de dōngxi bù piányi.) — Famous things aren't cheap.
这个饭店很有名。(Zhège fàndiàn hěn yǒumíng.) — This restaurant is famous.
2721HSK 1一样yīyàng same; alike
我们的书一样。(Wǒmen de shū yíyàng.) — Our books are the same.
他和我一样高。(Tā hé wǒ yíyàng gāo.) — He's as tall as me.
两个不一样。(Liǎng gè bù yíyàng.) — The two aren't the same.
今天和昨天一样热。(Jīntiān hé zuótiān yíyàng rè.) — Today is as hot as yesterday.
我们的爱好一样。(Wǒmen de àihào yíyàng.) — We have the same hobbies.
每个人都不一样。(Měi gè rén dōu bù yíyàng.) — Everyone is different.
2722HSK 1bái white
她穿白衣服。(Tā chuān bái yīfu.) — She's wearing white.
奶奶的头发白了。(Nǎinai de tóufa bái le.) — Grandma's hair has gone white.
白天很热。(Báitiān hěn rè.) — It's hot during the day.
这张纸是白的。(Zhè zhāng zhǐ shì bái de.) — This paper is white.
白的比黑的好看。(Bái de bǐ hēi de hǎokàn.) — The white one looks better than the black.
天白了。(Tiān bái le.) — The sky has grown light.
2723HSK 1不对búduì wrong; incorrect
这个不对。(Zhège bú duì.) — This isn't right.
你说得不对。(Nǐ shuō de bú duì.) — What you say isn't right.
答案不对。(Dá'àn bú duì.) — The answer is wrong.
他今天不对,有事吗?(Tā jīntiān bú duì, yǒu shì ma?) — He's off today, is something wrong?
不对,再试一次。(Bú duì, zài shì yí cì.) — Wrong, try again.
这个字写得不对。(Zhège zì xiě de bú duì.) — This character is written wrong.
2724HSK 1chà to differ from; short of; poor (quality)
他的汉语很差。(Tā de Hànyǔ hěn chà.) — His Chinese is poor.
现在差五分十点。(Xiànzài chà wǔ fēn shí diǎn.) — It's five to ten.
这个东西很差。(Zhège dōngxi hěn chà.) — This thing is poor quality.
还差一个人。(Hái chà yí gè rén.) — We're one person short.
差一点就到了。(Chà yìdiǎn jiù dào le.) — We almost made it.
天气很差,别出去。(Tiānqì hěn chà, bié chūqù.) — The weather's bad, don't go out.
2725HSK 1cuò wrong; mistake
我写错了。(Wǒ xiěcuò le.) — I wrote it wrong.
这个字错了。(Zhège zì cuò le.) — This character is wrong.
对不起,我的错。(Duìbuqǐ, wǒ de cuò.) — Sorry, my mistake.
不错,很好吃。(Búcuò, hěn hǎochī.) — Not bad, very tasty.
他没有错。(Tā méiyǒu cuò.) — He isn't at fault.
错了就再来一次。(Cuòle jiù zài lái yí cì.) — If it's wrong, do it again.
2726HSK 1gān dry
你在干什么?(Nǐ zài gàn shénme?) — What are you doing?
他干得很好。(Tā gàn de hěn hǎo.) — He does it well.
今天有很多事要干。(Jīntiān yǒu hěn duō shì yào gàn.) — There's a lot to do today.
衣服干了。(Yīfu gān le.) — The clothes are dry.
手是干的。(Shǒu shì gān de.) — My hands are dry.
干完了就休息。(Gànwánle jiù xiūxi.) — Rest when the work is done.
2727HSK 1好吃hǎochī delicious
这个菜很好吃。(Zhège cài hěn hǎochī.) — This dish is tasty.
妈妈做的饭最好吃。(Māma zuò de fàn zuì hǎochī.) — Mum's cooking is the best.
好吃吗?(Hǎochī ma?) — Is it nice?
这个不太好吃。(Zhège bú tài hǎochī.) — This isn't very nice.
热的比冷的好吃。(Rè de bǐ lěng de hǎochī.) — Hot tastes better than cold.
好吃的东西很多。(Hǎochī de dōngxi hěn duō.) — There's plenty of nice food.
2728HSK 1好看hǎokàn good-looking; nice to look at
这件衣服很好看。(Zhè jiàn yīfu hěn hǎokàn.) — These clothes look lovely.
这本书很好看。(Zhè běn shū hěn hǎokàn.) — This book is a good read.
她笑起来很好看。(Tā xiào qǐlái hěn hǎokàn.) — She looks lovely when she smiles.
这个电影很好看。(Zhège diànyǐng hěn hǎokàn.) — This film is good.
红的比白的好看。(Hóng de bǐ bái de hǎokàn.) — The red looks better than the white.
你的字很好看。(Nǐ de zì hěn hǎokàn.) — Your handwriting is lovely.
2729HSK 1好听hǎotīng pleasant to hear
这首歌很好听。(Zhè shǒu gē hěn hǎotīng.) — This song is lovely.
她的名字很好听。(Tā de míngzi hěn hǎotīng.) — Her name sounds lovely.
他唱歌很好听。(Tā chànggē hěn hǎotīng.) — He sings beautifully.
这个不太好听。(Zhège bú tài hǎotīng.) — This doesn't sound very nice.
好听的歌我都想听。(Hǎotīng de gē wǒ dōu xiǎng tīng.) — I want to hear every good song.
她说话很好听。(Tā shuōhuà hěn hǎotīng.) — She has a lovely voice.
2730HSK 1好玩儿hǎowánr fun; interesting to play with
这个很好玩儿。(Zhège hěn hǎowánr.) — This is fun.
昨天很好玩儿。(Zuótiān hěn hǎowánr.) — Yesterday was fun.
这个地方很好玩儿。(Zhège dìfang hěn hǎowánr.) — This place is fun.
孩子觉得很好玩儿。(Háizi juéde hěn hǎowánr.) — The children think it's fun.
不太好玩儿。(Bú tài hǎowánr.) — Not very fun.
好玩儿的地方很多。(Hǎowánr de dìfang hěn duō.) — There are lots of fun places.
2731HSK 1kuài fast; quick
他跑得很快。(Tā pǎo de hěn kuài.) — He runs fast.
快一点,要迟到了。(Kuài yìdiǎn, yào chídào le.) — Hurry, we'll be late.
时间过得很快。(Shíjiān guò de hěn kuài.) — Time goes quickly.
快要下雨了。(Kuài yào xiàyǔ le.) — It's about to rain.
坐飞机比坐车快。(Zuò fēijī bǐ zuòchē kuài.) — Flying is faster than the bus.
他学得很快。(Tā xué de hěn kuài.) — He learns quickly.
2732HSK 1lǎo old (of people/animals); always
他很老了。(Tā hěn lǎo le.) — He's grown old.
这个房子很老。(Zhège fángzi hěn lǎo.) — This house is old.
他是我的老朋友。(Tā shì wǒ de lǎo péngyou.) — He's an old friend of mine.
老人走得很慢。(Lǎorén zǒu de hěn màn.) — Old people walk slowly.
王老师很好。(Wáng lǎoshī hěn hǎo.) — Mr Wang is a good teacher.
这首歌很老了。(Zhè shǒu gē hěn lǎo le.) — This song is old.
2733HSK 1màn slow
他走得很慢。(Tā zǒu de hěn màn.) — He walks slowly.
请说慢一点。(Qǐng shuō màn yìdiǎn.) — Please speak more slowly.
慢慢来,别着急。(Mànmàn lái, bié zháojí.) — Take your time, don't rush.
车很慢。(Chē hěn màn.) — The bus is slow.
慢慢吃。(Mànmàn chī.) — Eat slowly.
他学得慢,但很认真。(Tā xué de màn, dàn hěn rènzhēn.) — He learns slowly but works hard.
2734HSK 1认真rènzhēn conscientious; earnest
他学习很认真。(Tā xuéxí hěn rènzhēn.) — He studies conscientiously.
认真一点。(Rènzhēn yìdiǎn.) — Be a bit more careful.
上课要认真听。(Shàngkè yào rènzhēn tīng.) — Listen carefully in class.
他做事很认真。(Tā zuòshì hěn rènzhēn.) — He works conscientiously.
不认真就学不好。(Bú rènzhēn jiù xué bù hǎo.) — You won't learn well without care.
认真的人容易成功。(Rènzhēn de rén róngyì chénggōng.) — Careful people tend to succeed.
2735HSK 1wǎn late
太晚了,回家吧。(Tài wǎn le, huí jiā ba.) — It's late, let's go home.
他来晚了。(Tā láiwǎn le.) — He came late.
晚上很凉。(Wǎnshang hěn liáng.) — Evenings are cool.
昨天睡得很晚。(Zuótiān shuì de hěn wǎn.) — I went to bed late last night.
晚一点也没关系。(Wǎn yìdiǎn yě méi guānxi.) — A bit late doesn't matter.
别太晚回来。(Bié tài wǎn huílái.) — Don't come back too late.
2736HSK 1xíng OK; all right; to be capable
行,就这样吧。(Xíng, jiù zhèyàng ba.) — All right, let's do that.
这样行吗?(Zhèyàng xíng ma?) — Will this do?
不行,太晚了。(Bù xíng, tài wǎn le.) — No, it's too late.
明天行不行?(Míngtiān xíng bu xíng?) — Would tomorrow work?
他的汉语很行。(Tā de Hànyǔ hěn xíng.) — His Chinese is pretty good.
行了,别说了。(Xíng le, bié shuō le.) — That's enough, stop talking.
2737HSK 1有用yǒuyòng useful
这个很有用。(Zhège hěn yǒuyòng.) — This is very useful.
学汉语很有用。(Xué Hànyǔ hěn yǒuyòng.) — Learning Chinese is useful.
这本书很有用。(Zhè běn shū hěn yǒuyòng.) — This book is useful.
这个办法很有用。(Zhège bànfǎ hěn yǒuyòng.) — This method is very useful.
新的知识很有用。(Xīn de zhīshi hěn yǒuyòng.) — New knowledge is useful.
这个办法很有用。(Zhège bànfǎ hěn yǒuyòng.) — This method is useful.
2738HSK 1yuǎn far
学校很远。(Xuéxiào hěn yuǎn.) — The school is far.
这里离车站很远吗?(Zhèlǐ lí chēzhàn hěn yuǎn ma?) — Is it far to the station?
不远,走路十分钟。(Bù yuǎn, zǒulù shí fēnzhōng.) — Not far, ten minutes' walk.
他家很远。(Tā jiā hěn yuǎn.) — His home is far away.
远的地方坐车去。(Yuǎn de dìfang zuòchē qù.) — Take the bus if it's far.
路很远,早点走吧。(Lù hěn yuǎn, zǎodiǎn zǒu ba.) — It's a long way, let's set off early.
2739HSK 1zǎo early
他来得很早。(Tā lái de hěn zǎo.) — He came early.
早上好!(Zǎoshang hǎo!) — Good morning!
早点休息。(Zǎodiǎn xiūxi.) — Get some rest early.
今天我起得很早。(Jīntiān wǒ qǐ de hěn zǎo.) — I got up early today.
早一点来吧。(Zǎo yìdiǎn lái ba.) — Come a bit earlier.
我早就知道了。(Wǒ zǎojiù zhīdào le.) — I knew ages ago.
2740HSK 1zhòng heavy
这个包很重。(Zhège bāo hěn zhòng.) — This bag is heavy.
东西太重,拿不动。(Dōngxi tài zhòng, ná bu dòng.) — It's too heavy to carry.
他的病很重。(Tā de bìng hěn zhòng.) — His illness is serious.
这件事很重要。(Zhè jiàn shì hěn zhòngyào.) — This matter is important.
书很重,放下吧。(Shū hěn zhòng, fàngxià ba.) — The books are heavy, put them down.
不重,我来拿。(Bú zhòng, wǒ lái ná.) — It isn't heavy, I'll take it.

15. Adverbs & Particles (副词, 助词 - fùcí, zhùcí)

✏️ Usage: Adverb + Verb/Adjective + 了/吗/吧/呢

💡 Grammar Tip: Modifying Words & Sentence Moods

Adverbs modify verbs and adjectives, and they must appear directly **before** the words they modify (e.g., 已经买过了 (yǐjīng mǎiguo le)). Grammatical particles are placed at the end of sentences to indicate tone or grammatical status: 吗 (ma) for questions, 了 (le) to show completed actions or state changes, 吧 (ba) for suggestions, and 呢 (ne) for follow-up queries ("what about...?").

No. Level Listen Chinese Pinyin English Example Examples
3109HSK 1hěn very
今天很热。(Jīntiān hěn rè.) — It's very hot today.
他很高兴。(Tā hěn gāoxìng.) — He's very happy.
这本书很好。(Zhè běn shū hěn hǎo.) — This book is very good.
我很累。(Wǒ hěn lèi.) — I'm very tired.
他汉语说得很好。(Tā Hànyǔ shuō de hěn hǎo.) — He speaks Chinese very well.
这里很安静。(Zhèlǐ hěn ānjìng.) — It's very quiet here.
3110HSK 1zhēn really; truly
这个真好吃。(Zhège zhēn hǎochī.) — This is really tasty.
你真好!(Nǐ zhēn hǎo!) — You're so kind!
今天真冷。(Jīntiān zhēn lěng.) — It's really cold today.
他说的是真的。(Tā shuō de shì zhēn de.) — What he says is true.
真的吗?(Zhēn de ma?) — Really?
这个孩子真聪明。(Zhège háizi zhēn cōngming.) — This child is really clever.
3111HSK 1tài too; extremely
这个太贵了。(Zhège tài guì le.) — This is too expensive.
太好了!(Tài hǎo le!) — That's great!
今天太热了。(Jīntiān tài rè le.) — It's too hot today.
你太客气了。(Nǐ tài kèqi le.) — You're too kind.
东西太多了。(Dōngxi tài duō le.) — There's too much stuff.
太晚了,回家吧。(Tài wǎn le, huí jiā ba.) — It's too late, let's go home.
3112HSK 1zuì most; -est (superlative)
这个最好。(Zhège zuì hǎo.) — This one is the best.
他跑得最快。(Tā pǎo de zuì kuài.) — He runs the fastest.
我最喜欢这本书。(Wǒ zuì xǐhuan zhè běn shū.) — I like this book best.
身体最重要。(Shēntǐ zuì zhòngyào.) — Health matters most.
最后一个人走了。(Zuìhòu yí gè rén zǒu le.) — The last person left.
夏天最热。(Xiàtiān zuì rè.) — Summer is the hottest.
3113HSK 1no; not
我不去。(Wǒ bú qù.) — I'm not going.
他不是老师。(Tā bú shì lǎoshī.) — He isn't a teacher.
今天不冷。(Jīntiān bù lěng.) — It isn't cold today.
我不知道。(Wǒ bù zhīdào.) — I don't know.
不用谢。(Búyòng xiè.) — You're welcome.
他不会开车。(Tā bú huì kāichē.) — He can't drive.
3114HSK 1méi not (have); without
我没有钱。(Wǒ méiyǒu qián.) — I don't have money.
他没来。(Tā méi lái.) — He didn't come.
我没看见。(Wǒ méi kànjiàn.) — I didn't see it.
家里没人。(Jiā lǐ méi rén.) — Nobody's home.
昨天没下雨。(Zuótiān méi xiàyǔ.) — It didn't rain yesterday.
我还没吃饭。(Wǒ hái méi chīfàn.) — I haven't eaten yet.
3115HSK 1de possessive particle
这是我的书。(Zhè shì wǒ de shū.) — This is my book.
他是我的朋友。(Tā shì wǒ de péngyou.) — He's my friend.
红色的花很漂亮。(Hóngsè de huā hěn piàoliang.) — The red flowers are lovely.
好吃的东西很多。(Hǎochī de dōngxi hěn duō.) — There's plenty of nice food.
这个是谁的?(Zhège shì shéi de?) — Whose is this?
新买的手机。(Xīn mǎi de shǒujī.) — The newly bought phone.
3116HSK 1le completed action particle; change of state
他来了。(Tā lái le.) — He's come.
我吃了三个包子。(Wǒ chīle sān gè bāozi.) — I ate three baozi.
下雨了。(Xiàyǔ le.) — It's started raining.
太晚了。(Tài wǎn le.) — It's got late.
我知道了。(Wǒ zhīdào le.) — I see.
他走了三年了。(Tā zǒule sān nián le.) — He's been gone three years.
3117HSK 1ma question particle (yes/no questions)
你好吗?(Nǐ hǎo ma?) — How are you?
他是老师吗?(Tā shì lǎoshī ma?) — Is he a teacher?
你吃饭了吗?(Nǐ chīfàn le ma?) — Have you eaten?
这个贵吗?(Zhège guì ma?) — Is this expensive?
你会说汉语吗?(Nǐ huì shuō Hànyǔ ma?) — Can you speak Chinese?
可以进来吗?(Kěyǐ jìnlái ma?) — May I come in?
3119HSK 1also; too
我也去。(Wǒ yě qù.) — I'm going too.
他也是学生。(Tā yě shì xuéshēng.) — He's a student too.
我也不知道。(Wǒ yě bù zhīdào.) — I don't know either.
今天也很热。(Jīntiān yě hěn rè.) — It's hot today as well.
她也喜欢喝茶。(Tā yě xǐhuan hē chá.) — She likes tea too.
你去,我也去。(Nǐ qù, wǒ yě qù.) — If you go, I'll go too.
3120HSK 1hái still; yet; also
我还没吃饭。(Wǒ hái méi chīfàn.) — I haven't eaten yet.
他还在学校。(Tā hái zài xuéxiào.) — He's still at school.
还有别的吗?(Hái yǒu bié de ma?) — Is there anything else?
请把书还给我。(Qǐng bǎ shū huán gěi wǒ.) — Please give me back the book.
我还要一杯水。(Wǒ hái yào yì bēi shuǐ.) — I'd like another glass of water.
钱还没还。(Qián hái méi huán.) — The money hasn't been paid back.
3121HSK 1dōu all; both
我们都是学生。(Wǒmen dōu shì xuéshēng.) — We're all students.
大家都来了。(Dàjiā dōu lái le.) — Everyone came.
我都明白了。(Wǒ dōu míngbai le.) — I understand it all.
他们都很忙。(Tāmen dōu hěn máng.) — They're all busy.
东西都在包里。(Dōngxi dōu zài bāo lǐ.) — Everything is in the bag.
我们都不知道。(Wǒmen dōu bù zhīdào.) — None of us knows.
3122HSK 1bié don't (do something); other
别说话。(Bié shuōhuà.) — Don't talk.
别着急。(Bié zháojí.) — Don't worry.
别忘了带书。(Bié wàngle dài shū.) — Don't forget your book.
别生气。(Bié shēngqì.) — Don't be cross.
别去那儿。(Bié qù nàr.) — Don't go there.
别太累了。(Bié tài lèi le.) — Don't wear yourself out.
3123HSK 1非常fēicháng extremely; very much
今天非常热。(Jīntiān fēicháng rè.) — It's extremely hot today.
我非常高兴。(Wǒ fēicháng gāoxìng.) — I'm delighted.
这本书非常好。(Zhè běn shū fēicháng hǎo.) — This book is excellent.
他非常忙。(Tā fēicháng máng.) — He's extremely busy.
非常谢谢你。(Fēicháng xièxie nǐ.) — Thank you very much.
这个菜非常好吃。(Zhège cài fēicháng hǎochī.) — This dish is superb.
3125HSK 1一起yīqǐ together
我们一起去吧。(Wǒmen yìqǐ qù ba.) — Let's go together.
一起吃饭吧。(Yìqǐ chīfàn ba.) — Let's eat together.
他和我一起学习。(Tā hé wǒ yìqǐ xuéxí.) — He studies with me.
大家一起唱歌。(Dàjiā yìqǐ chànggē.) — Everyone sings together.
和朋友一起很高兴。(Hé péngyou yìqǐ hěn gāoxìng.) — It's nice being with friends.
我们一起走吧。(Wǒmen yìqǐ zǒu ba.) — Let's walk together.
3126HSK 1zài again; once more
再见!(Zàijiàn!) — Goodbye!
请再说一次。(Qǐng zài shuō yí cì.) — Please say it again.
再来一杯吧。(Zài lái yì bēi ba.) — Have another cup.
明天再说吧。(Míngtiān zài shuō ba.) — Let's talk about it tomorrow.
吃完饭再走。(Chīwán fàn zài zǒu.) — Leave after eating.
再等一会儿。(Zài děng yíhuìr.) — Wait a bit longer.
3127HSK 1jiù at once; right away; then; only
我就来。(Wǒ jiù lái.) — I'm coming right away.
他一来就走了。(Tā yì lái jiù zǒu le.) — He left as soon as he arrived.
下课就回家。(Xiàkè jiù huí jiā.) — I go home right after class.
就在这儿吧。(Jiù zài zhèr ba.) — Right here will do.
我就要这个。(Wǒ jiù yào zhège.) — This is the one I want.
八点就到了。(Bā diǎn jiù dào le.) — He was there by eight.
3128HSK 1正在zhèngzài in the process of; currently doing
他正在看书。(Tā zhèngzài kànshū.) — He's reading.
我正在吃饭。(Wǒ zhèngzài chīfàn.) — I'm eating.
外边正在下雨。(Wàibian zhèngzài xiàyǔ.) — It's raining outside.
他们正在开会。(Tāmen zhèngzài kāihuì.) — They're in a meeting.
孩子正在睡觉。(Háizi zhèngzài shuìjiào.) — The child is sleeping.
我正在学汉语。(Wǒ zhèngzài xué Hànyǔ.) — I'm learning Chinese.
3137HSK 1de adverbial particle (-ly)
他高兴地说。(Tā gāoxìng de shuō.) — He said happily.
她认真地看书。(Tā rènzhēn de kànshū.) — She reads attentively.
他慢慢地走。(Tā mànmàn de zǒu.) — He walks slowly.
孩子高兴地唱歌。(Háizi gāoxìng de chànggē.) — The children sang happily.
他生气地走了。(Tā shēngqì de zǒu le.) — He left angrily.
请小声地说。(Qǐng xiǎoshēng de shuō.) — Please speak quietly.
3138HSK 1zhe aspect particle (indicating action in progress)
他手里拿着书。(Tā shǒu lǐ názhe shū.) — He's holding a book.
门开着。(Mén kāizhe.) — The door is open.
他笑着说好。(Tā xiàozhe shuō hǎo.) — He smiled and said yes.
她站着看书。(Tā zhànzhe kànshū.) — She reads standing up.
灯还亮着。(Dēng hái liàngzhe.) — The light is still on.
他坐着等我。(Tā zuòzhe děng wǒ.) — He sat waiting for me.
3139HSK 1ba suggestion/softening particle
我们走吧。(Wǒmen zǒu ba.) — Let's go.
你来吧。(Nǐ lái ba.) — Why don't you come.
好吧,就这样。(Hǎo ba, jiù zhèyàng.) — All right then, let's do that.
他是老师吧?(Tā shì lǎoshī ba?) — He's a teacher, isn't he?
喝点水吧。(Hē diǎn shuǐ ba.) — Have some water.
早点休息吧。(Zǎodiǎn xiūxi ba.) — Get some rest.
3140HSK 1ne what about...? (modal particle)
你呢?(Nǐ ne?) — And you?
我的书呢?(Wǒ de shū ne?) — Where's my book?
他在做什么呢?(Tā zài zuò shénme ne?) — What's he doing?
我还在等呢。(Wǒ hái zài děng ne.) — I'm still waiting.
外边下雨呢。(Wàibian xiàyǔ ne.) — It's raining outside.
你想什么呢?(Nǐ xiǎng shénme ne?) — What are you thinking about?
3141HSK 1guo experienced action particle
我过马路。(Wǒ guò mǎlù.) — I'm crossing the road.
我去过中国。(Wǒ qùguò Zhōngguó.) — I've been to China.
时间过得很快。(Shíjiān guò de hěn kuài.) — Time goes quickly.
过来一下。(Guòlái yíxià.) — Come over a moment.
过了三年他回来了。(Guòle sān nián tā huílái le.) — After three years he came back.
你吃过饭了吗?(Nǐ chīguò fàn le ma?) — Have you eaten?
3142HSK 1不大búdà not very; not too
房间不大。(Fángjiān bú dà.) — The room isn't big.
我不大想去。(Wǒ bú dà xiǎng qù.) — I don't much want to go.
他不大说话。(Tā bú dà shuōhuà.) — He doesn't talk much.
这个包不大。(Zhège bāo bú dà.) — This bag isn't big.
风不大,可以出去。(Fēng bú dà, kěyǐ chūqù.) — The wind isn't strong, we can go out.
他不大认识路。(Tā bú dà rènshi lù.) — He doesn't really know the way.
3143HSK 1不用búyòng no need to
不用谢。(Búyòng xiè.) — You're welcome.
不用等我了。(Búyòng děng wǒ le.) — Don't wait for me.
明天不用上班。(Míngtiān búyòng shàngbān.) — No need to work tomorrow.
不用买,我有。(Búyòng mǎi, wǒ yǒu.) — No need to buy it, I have one.
不用着急,还早。(Búyòng zháojí, hái zǎo.) — No rush, it's still early.
这个不用洗。(Zhège búyòng xǐ.) — This doesn't need washing.
3144HSK 1cháng often
他常来我家。(Tā cháng lái wǒ jiā.) — He often comes to my place.
我常喝茶。(Wǒ cháng hē chá.) — I often drink tea.
冬天常下雪。(Dōngtiān cháng xiàxuě.) — It often snows in winter.
他常不吃早饭。(Tā cháng bù chī zǎofàn.) — He often skips breakfast.
我不常看电视。(Wǒ bù cháng kàn diànshì.) — I don't often watch TV.
她常去图书馆。(Tā cháng qù túshūguǎn.) — She often goes to the library.
3145HSK 1常常chángcháng often; frequently
我常常去那儿。(Wǒ chángcháng qù nàr.) — I go there often.
他常常来晚。(Tā chángcháng láiwǎn.) — He's often late.
常常运动对身体好。(Chángcháng yùndòng duì shēntǐ hǎo.) — Regular exercise is good for you.
她常常帮我。(Tā chángcháng bāng wǒ.) — She often helps me.
我们常常一起吃饭。(Wǒmen chángcháng yìqǐ chīfàn.) — We often eat together.
他常常忘记带书。(Tā chángcháng wàngjì dài shū.) — He often forgets his book.
3146HSK 1马上mǎshàng immediately; right away
我马上就来。(Wǒ mǎshàng jiù lái.) — I'll be right there.
马上要下雨了。(Mǎshàng yào xiàyǔ le.) — It's about to rain.
请马上过来。(Qǐng mǎshàng guòlái.) — Please come over right away.
马上就到了。(Mǎshàng jiù dào le.) — We're almost there.
他马上走了。(Tā mǎshàng zǒu le.) — He left straight away.
马上上课了。(Mǎshàng shàngkè le.) — Class starts any moment.
3147HSK 1men plural suffix for pronouns
我们是学生。(Wǒmen shì xuéshēng.) — We're students.
你们好!(Nǐmen hǎo!) — Hello, everyone!
他们都来了。(Tāmen dōu lái le.) — They all came.
同学们,请坐。(Tóngxuémen, qǐng zuò.) — Class, please sit down.
孩子们在玩儿。(Háizimen zài wánr.) — The children are playing.
老师们都很忙。(Lǎoshīmen dōu hěn máng.) — The teachers are all busy.
3148HSK 1是不是shì bu shì is it or not (yes/no question pattern)
你是不是学生?(Nǐ shì bu shì xuéshēng?) — Are you a student?
他是不是老师?(Tā shì bu shì lǎoshī?) — Is he a teacher?
是不是太贵了?(Shì bu shì tài guì le?) — Isn't it too expensive?
你是不是累了?(Nǐ shì bu shì lèi le?) — Are you tired?
是不是下雨了?(Shì bu shì xiàyǔ le?) — Has it started raining?
这是不是你的书?(Zhè shì bu shì nǐ de shū?) — Is this your book?
3149HSK 1xiān first; before
你先走吧。(Nǐ xiān zǒu ba.) — You go on ahead.
先吃饭,再休息。(Xiān chīfàn, zài xiūxi.) — Eat first, then rest.
我先来的。(Wǒ xiān lái de.) — I came first.
先洗手再吃饭。(Xiān xǐshǒu zài chīfàn.) — Wash your hands before eating.
请先坐一会儿。(Qǐng xiān zuò yíhuìr.) — Please sit for a moment first.
先做容易的。(Xiān zuò róngyì de.) — Do the easy ones first.
3150HSK 1一块儿yíkuàir together
我们一块儿去吧。(Wǒmen yíkuàir qù ba.) — Let's go together.
一块儿吃饭吧。(Yíkuàir chīfàn ba.) — Let's eat together.
他和我一块儿学习。(Tā hé wǒ yíkuàir xuéxí.) — He studies with me.
大家一块儿唱歌。(Dàjiā yíkuàir chànggē.) — Everyone sings together.
一块儿走吧。(Yíkuàir zǒu ba.) — Let's walk together.
他们一块儿回家了。(Tāmen yíkuàir huí jiā le.) — They went home together.
3151HSK 1一下儿yíxiàr a little bit; give it a try
请等一下儿。(Qǐng děng yíxiàr.) — Please wait a moment.
看一下儿这个字。(Kàn yíxiàr zhège zì.) — Take a look at this character.
我想问一下儿。(Wǒ xiǎng wèn yíxiàr.) — I'd like to ask something.
休息一下儿吧。(Xiūxi yíxiàr ba.) — Take a short rest.
试一下儿好吗?(Shì yíxiàr hǎo ma?) — Could you give it a try?
帮我一下儿。(Bāng wǒ yíxiàr.) — Give me a hand.
3152HSK 1一边yìbiān at the same time; side
他一边走一边说。(Tā yìbiān zǒu yìbiān shuō.) — He talks as he walks.
一边吃一边看电视。(Yìbiān chī yìbiān kàn diànshì.) — Eating while watching TV.
她一边学习一边工作。(Tā yìbiān xuéxí yìbiān gōngzuò.) — She studies and works at once.
书放在一边。(Shū fàng zài yìbiān.) — Put the book to one side.
站在路的一边。(Zhàn zài lù de yìbiān.) — Stand on one side of the road.
一边听一边写。(Yìbiān tīng yìbiān xiě.) — Listen and write at the same time.
3153HSK 1一点儿yìdiǎnr a little bit
我会说一点儿汉语。(Wǒ huì shuō yìdiǎnr Hànyǔ.) — I speak a little Chinese.
请给我一点儿水。(Qǐng gěi wǒ yìdiǎnr shuǐ.) — Please give me a little water.
快一点儿。(Kuài yìdiǎnr.) — A bit faster.
我有一点儿累。(Wǒ yǒu yìdiǎnr lèi.) — I'm a little tired.
便宜一点儿吧。(Piányi yìdiǎnr ba.) — A bit cheaper, please.
再吃一点儿。(Zài chī yìdiǎnr.) — Have a bit more.
3154HSK 1一些yìxiē some
我买了一些水果。(Wǒ mǎile yìxiē shuǐguǒ.) — I bought some fruit.
他给了我一些钱。(Tā gěile wǒ yìxiē qián.) — He gave me some money.
这里有一些书。(Zhèlǐ yǒu yìxiē shū.) — There are some books here.
一些人已经走了。(Yìxiē rén yǐjīng zǒu le.) — Some people have already left.
我想问一些问题。(Wǒ xiǎng wèn yìxiē wèntí.) — I'd like to ask some questions.
喝一些水吧。(Hē yìxiē shuǐ ba.) — Have some water.
3155HSK 1真的zhēnde really; truly
真的吗?(Zhēn de ma?) — Really?
这是真的。(Zhè shì zhēn de.) — This is true.
我真的不知道。(Wǒ zhēn de bù zhīdào.) — I really don't know.
他真的来了。(Tā zhēn de lái le.) — He really did come.
真的很好吃。(Zhēn de hěn hǎochī.) — It's really tasty.
他说的都是真的。(Tā shuō de dōu shì zhēn de.) — Everything he says is true.
3156HSK 1zhèng straight; upright; just (in time)
他正在看书。(Tā zhèng zài kànshū.) — He's reading right now.
我正要给你打电话。(Wǒ zhèng yào gěi nǐ dǎ diànhuà.) — I was just about to call you.
正好十点。(Zhènghǎo shí diǎn.) — It's exactly ten.
他正忙着呢。(Tā zhèng mángzhe ne.) — He's busy right now.
你来得正好。(Nǐ lái de zhènghǎo.) — You've come at just the right time.
正是这个字。(Zhèng shì zhège zì.) — This is exactly the character.
3157HSK 1zi noun suffix (e.g. 桌子)
这是桌子。(Zhè shì zhuōzi.) — This is a table.
杯子在桌子上。(Bēizi zài zhuōzi shàng.) — The cup is on the table.
他有一个儿子。(Tā yǒu yí gè érzi.) — He has a son.
房子很大。(Fángzi hěn dà.) — The house is big.
包子很好吃。(Bāozi hěn hǎochī.) — The baozi are tasty.
本子在书包里。(Běnzi zài shūbāo lǐ.) — The notebook is in the schoolbag.
3158HSK 1最好zuìhǎo best; had better
你最好早点去。(Nǐ zuìhǎo zǎodiǎn qù.) — You'd best go early.
最好别说这件事。(Zuìhǎo bié shuō zhè jiàn shì.) — Best not mention this.
这个办法最好。(Zhège bànfǎ zuìhǎo.) — This method is the best.
最好多喝水。(Zuìhǎo duō hē shuǐ.) — Best to drink plenty of water.
他是我最好的朋友。(Tā shì wǒ zuì hǎo de péngyou.) — He's my best friend.
最好现在就走。(Zuìhǎo xiànzài jiù zǒu.) — Best to leave now.

16. Conjunctions & Prepositions (连词, 介词 - liáncí, jiècí)

✏️ Usage: A + 比 + B + Adjective

💡 Grammar Tip: Formatting Sentences & Logic

Prepositions (like 从 (cóng) from, 向 (xiàng) towards, 在 (zài) at) introduce spatial or directional details and always sit **before** the main verb (e.g., 从北京来 (cóng Běijīng lái) means "come from Beijing"). Conjunction pairs like 虽然...但是... (suīrán...dànshì...) (although... but...) always work together to frame contrast and logic. Additionally, 比 (bǐ) structures help make comparative statements: A + 比 + B + Adjective (e.g., 他比我高 (tā bǐ wǒ gāo) means "He is taller than me").

No. Level Listen Chinese Pinyin English Example Examples
3582HSK 1and; with
我和他是朋友。(Wǒ hé tā shì péngyou.) — He and I are friends.
爸爸和妈妈都在家。(Bàba hé māma dōu zài jiā.) — Both mum and dad are home.
我买了书和本子。(Wǒ mǎile shū hé běnzi.) — I bought a book and a notebook.
他和我一起去。(Tā hé wǒ yìqǐ qù.) — He's going with me.
茶和水都可以。(Chá hé shuǐ dōu kěyǐ.) — Tea or water, either is fine.
我和你一样高。(Wǒ hé nǐ yíyàng gāo.) — I'm as tall as you.
3590HSK 1还是háishi or (used in questions); still
你去还是我去?(Nǐ qù háishì wǒ qù?) — Are you going or am I?
喝茶还是喝水?(Hē chá háishì hē shuǐ?) — Tea or water?
他还是没来。(Tā háishì méi lái.) — He still didn't come.
下雨了,他还是去了。(Xiàyǔ le, tā háishì qù le.) — It rained, but he went anyway.
你还是早点走吧。(Nǐ háishì zǎodiǎn zǒu ba.) — You'd better leave early.
米饭还是面条?(Mǐfàn háishì miàntiáo?) — Rice or noodles?
3591HSK 1zài at; in; on (preposition)
他在家。(Tā zài jiā.) — He's at home.
书在桌子上。(Shū zài zhuōzi shàng.) — The book is on the table.
我在看书。(Wǒ zài kànshū.) — I'm reading.
他在医院工作。(Tā zài yīyuàn gōngzuò.) — He works at a hospital.
你在哪儿?(Nǐ zài nǎr?) — Where are you?
老师不在。(Lǎoshī bú zài.) — The teacher isn't in.
3592HSK 1cóng from
我从北京来。(Wǒ cóng Běijīng lái.) — I come from Beijing.
从这儿到那儿很远。(Cóng zhèr dào nàr hěn yuǎn.) — It's far from here to there.
从今天起我早睡。(Cóng jīntiān qǐ wǒ zǎo shuì.) — From today I'll sleep early.
他从家里出来了。(Tā cóng jiā lǐ chūlái le.) — He came out of the house.
从一到十。(Cóng yī dào shí.) — From one to ten.
从早上到晚上都很忙。(Cóng zǎoshang dào wǎnshang dōu hěn máng.) — Busy from morning to night.
3596HSK 1duì to; towards; correct
你说得对。(Nǐ shuō de duì.) — You're right.
他对我很好。(Tā duì wǒ hěn hǎo.) — He's good to me.
多喝水对身体好。(Duō hē shuǐ duì shēntǐ hǎo.) — Drinking water is good for you.
答案不对。(Dá'àn bú duì.) — The answer is wrong.
对,就是这个。(Duì, jiùshì zhège.) — Yes, that's the one.
这个字写得对吗?(Zhège zì xiě de duì ma?) — Is this character written correctly?
3597HSK 1than (comparison)
他比我高。(Tā bǐ wǒ gāo.) — He's taller than me.
今天比昨天热。(Jīntiān bǐ zuótiān rè.) — Today is hotter than yesterday.
这本书比那本贵。(Zhè běn shū bǐ nà běn guì.) — This book is dearer than that one.
坐飞机比坐车快。(Zuò fēijī bǐ zuòchē kuài.) — Flying is faster than the bus.
他比我大三岁。(Tā bǐ wǒ dà sān suì.) — He's three years older than me.
我不比他好。(Wǒ bù bǐ tā hǎo.) — I'm no better than him.
3603HSK 1gēn with; and; to follow
我跟他一起去。(Wǒ gēn tā yìqǐ qù.) — I'm going with him.
跟我来。(Gēn wǒ lái.) — Come with me.
他跟老师说话。(Tā gēn lǎoshī shuōhuà.) — He's talking with the teacher.
我跟你一样。(Wǒ gēn nǐ yíyàng.) — I'm the same as you.
孩子跟着妈妈走。(Háizi gēnzhe māma zǒu.) — The child follows his mum.
跟他说一下吧。(Gēn tā shuō yíxià ba.) — Have a word with him.
3606HSK 1还有háiyǒu and also; furthermore
还有别的吗?(Hái yǒu bié de ma?) — Is there anything else?
还有两个人没来。(Hái yǒu liǎng gè rén méi lái.) — Two people still haven't come.
我买了书,还有本子。(Wǒ mǎile shū, hái yǒu běnzi.) — I bought a book, and a notebook too.
还有时间,别着急。(Hái yǒu shíjiān, bié zháojí.) — There's still time, don't rush.
还有一件事。(Hái yǒu yí jiàn shì.) — There's one more thing.
还有水吗?(Hái yǒu shuǐ ma?) — Is there any water left?

17. Nouns: School & Education (学校, 教育 - xuéxiào, jiàoyù)

✏️ Usage: 上 / 下 + 课 / 班 / 学

💡 Grammar Tip: Talking About School Life

上/下 + activity: Use 上课 (shàngkè) for "to attend/start class" and 下课 (xiàkè) for "class is over" — the same pattern applies to 上班/下班 (shàngbān/xiàbān) (start/finish work) and 上学/放学 (shàngxué/fàngxué) (go to/finish school).

Student levels: 小学生 (xiǎoxuéshēng) (elementary student), 中学生 (zhōngxuéshēng) (middle/high school student), and 大学生 (dàxuéshēng) (university student) are built by adding 生 (shēng) — "student/person" — to the school type.

No. Level Listen Chinese Pinyin English Example Examples
3692HSK 1bān class (of students); shift
我在三班。(Wǒ zài sān bān.) — I'm in class three.
我们班有三十个学生。(Wǒmen bān yǒu sānshí gè xuésheng.) — Our class has 30 students.
他是我们班的。(Tā shì wǒmen bān de.) — He's in our class.
这个班很好。(Zhège bān hěn hǎo.) — This class is good.
你在几班?(Nǐ zài jǐ bān?) — Which class are you in?
我们班的老师很好。(Wǒmen bān de lǎoshī hěn hǎo.) — Our class's teacher is good.
3693HSK 1本子běnzi notebook
这是我的本子。(Zhè shì wǒ de běnzi.) — This is my notebook.
请拿出本子。(Qǐng náchū běnzi.) — Please take out your notebook.
我买了一个本子。(Wǒ mǎile yí gè běnzi.) — I bought a notebook.
本子在书包里。(Běnzi zài shūbāo lǐ.) — The notebook is in the schoolbag.
这个本子很新。(Zhège běnzi hěn xīn.) — This notebook is new.
请把字写在本子上。(Qǐng bǎ zì xiě zài běnzi shàng.) — Please write the characters in the notebook.
3694HSK 1大学生dàxuéshēng university student
我是大学生。(Wǒ shì dàxuéshēng.) — I'm a university student.
他是大学生。(Tā shì dàxuéshēng.) — He's a university student.
大学生很忙。(Dàxuéshēng hěn máng.) — University students are busy.
她是一名大学生。(Tā shì yì míng dàxuéshēng.) — She's a university student.
大学生要学习很多东西。(Dàxuéshēng yào xuéxí hěnduō dōngxi.) — University students need to learn a lot.
我姐姐是大学生。(Wǒ jiějie shì dàxuéshēng.) — My sister is a university student.
3695HSK 1放学fàngxué to finish school for the day
我们三点放学。(Wǒmen sān diǎn fàngxué.) — We finish school at three.
放学了。(Fàngxué le.) — School's out.
他放学回家。(Tā fàngxué huíjiā.) — He goes home after school.
你几点放学?(Nǐ jǐ diǎn fàngxué?) — What time do you finish school?
放学后我们去玩。(Fàngxué hòu wǒmen qù wán.) — We go play after school.
孩子放学了。(Háizi fàngxué le.) — The child is out of school.
3696HSK 1汉字Hànzì Chinese character
我在学汉字。(Wǒ zài xué Hànzì.) — I'm learning Chinese characters.
这个汉字很难。(Zhège Hànzì hěn nán.) — This character is difficult.
他会写很多汉字。(Tā huì xiě hěnduō Hànzì.) — He can write many characters.
请写这个汉字。(Qǐng xiě zhège Hànzì.) — Please write this character.
汉字很有意思。(Hànzì hěn yǒu yìsi.) — Chinese characters are interesting.
我认识这个汉字。(Wǒ rènshi zhège Hànzì.) — I know this character.
3697HSK 1教学楼jiàoxuélóu teaching building (school)
教学楼在那边。(Jiàoxuélóu zài nàbiān.) — The teaching building is over there.
我们在教学楼上课。(Wǒmen zài jiàoxuélóu shàngkè.) — We have class in the teaching building.
教学楼很大。(Jiàoxuélóu hěn dà.) — The teaching building is big.
教室在教学楼里。(Jiàoshì zài jiàoxuélóu lǐ.) — The classroom is in the teaching building.
请去教学楼。(Qǐng qù jiàoxuélóu.) — Please go to the teaching building.
教学楼门口有很多学生。(Jiàoxuélóu ménkǒu yǒu hěnduō xuésheng.) — There are many students at the teaching building entrance.
3698HSK 1kǎo to test; to take an exam
我明天要考试。(Wǒ míngtiān yào kǎoshì.) — I have an exam tomorrow.
他考得很好。(Tā kǎo de hěn hǎo.) — He did well on the exam.
我考了一百分。(Wǒ kǎole yìbǎi fēn.) — I scored 100.
请认真考。(Qǐng rènzhēn kǎo.) — Please take the test seriously.
她考了三个小时。(Tā kǎole sān gè xiǎoshí.) — She took the exam for three hours.
明天考数学。(Míngtiān kǎo shùxué.) — Tomorrow's the math exam.
3699HSK 1考试kǎoshì exam; to take an exam
我要考试。(Wǒ yào kǎoshì.) — I have to take an exam.
考试很难。(Kǎoshì hěn nán.) — The exam is hard.
考试是什么时候?(Kǎoshì shì shénme shíhou?) — When is the exam?
我考试考得不错。(Wǒ kǎoshì kǎo de búcuò.) — I did well on the exam.
明天有考试。(Míngtiān yǒu kǎoshì.) — There's an exam tomorrow.
考试结束了。(Kǎoshì jiéshù le.) — The exam is over.
3700HSK 1class; lesson
我有课。(Wǒ yǒu kè.) — I have class.
今天没有课。(Jīntiān méiyǒu kè.) — No class today.
我们上课了。(Wǒmen shàngkè le.) — We're in class.
这节课很有意思。(Zhè jié kè hěn yǒu yìsi.) — This class is interesting.
老师教课。(Lǎoshī jiāo kè.) — The teacher teaches class.
下节课几点?(Xià jié kè jǐ diǎn?) — What time is the next class?
3701HSK 1课本kèběn textbook
这是我的课本。(Zhè shì wǒ de kèběn.) — This is my textbook.
请打开课本。(Qǐng dǎkāi kèběn.) — Please open your textbook.
课本在书包里。(Kèběn zài shūbāo lǐ.) — The textbook is in the schoolbag.
我忘了带课本。(Wǒ wàngle dài kèběn.) — I forgot to bring the textbook.
这本课本很新。(Zhè běn kèběn hěn xīn.) — This textbook is new.
请看课本第十页。(Qǐng kàn kèběn dì shí yè.) — Please look at page 10 of the textbook.
3702HSK 1课文kèwén text (of a lesson)
请读课文。(Qǐng dú kèwén.) — Please read the text.
这篇课文很难。(Zhè piān kèwén hěn nán.) — This text is difficult.
我在读课文。(Wǒ zài dú kèwén.) — I'm reading the text.
请背课文。(Qǐng bèi kèwén.) — Please memorize the text.
课文很有意思。(Kèwén hěn yǒu yìsi.) — The text is interesting.
请翻译这篇课文。(Qǐng fānyì zhè piān kèwén.) — Please translate this text.
3703HSK 1男生nánshēng male student
他是男生。(Tā shì nánshēng.) — He is a male student.
班里有十个男生。(Bān lǐ yǒu shí gè nánshēng.) — There are ten boys in the class.
男生们在踢球。(Nánshēngmen zài tī qiú.) — The boys are playing soccer.
这个男生很聪明。(Zhège nánshēng hěn cōngmíng.) — This boy is smart.
男生坐在这边。(Nánshēng zuò zài zhèbiān.) — The boys sit on this side.
他是我们班的男生。(Tā shì wǒmen bān de nánshēng.) — He's a boy in our class.
3704HSK 1女生nǚshēng female student
她是女生。(Tā shì nǚshēng.) — She is a female student.
班里有十个女生。(Bān lǐ yǒu shí gè nǚshēng.) — There are ten girls in the class.
女生们在唱歌。(Nǚshēngmen zài chànggē.) — The girls are singing.
这个女生很努力。(Zhège nǚshēng hěn nǔlì.) — This girl works hard.
女生坐在那边。(Nǚshēng zuò zài nàbiān.) — The girls sit over there.
她是我们班的女生。(Tā shì wǒmen bān de nǚshēng.) — She's a girl in our class.
3705HSK 1上课shàngkè to attend class
我们上课了。(Wǒmen shàngkè le.) — We're having class.
上课时间到了。(Shàngkè shíjiān dào le.) — Class time has come.
他上课很认真。(Tā shàngkè hěn rènzhēn.) — He's attentive in class.
我们八点上课。(Wǒmen bā diǎn shàngkè.) — We start class at eight.
上课了,请坐好。(Shàngkè le, qǐng zuòhǎo.) — Class is starting, please sit properly.
老师在上课。(Lǎoshī zài shàngkè.) — The teacher is teaching.
3706HSK 1上学shàngxué to go to school
我去上学。(Wǒ qù shàngxué.) — I'm going to school.
他七点上学。(Tā qī diǎn shàngxué.) — He goes to school at seven.
孩子上学了。(Háizi shàngxué le.) — The child has started school.
我走路上学。(Wǒ zǒulù shàngxué.) — I walk to school.
她五岁上学。(Tā wǔ suì shàngxué.) — She started school at five.
明天要上学。(Míngtiān yào shàngxué.) — I have school tomorrow.
3707HSK 1书包shūbāo schoolbag
这是我的书包。(Zhè shì wǒ de shūbāo.) — This is my schoolbag.
书包里有课本。(Shūbāo lǐ yǒu kèběn.) — There's a textbook in the schoolbag.
我的书包很重。(Wǒ de shūbāo hěn zhòng.) — My schoolbag is heavy.
请拿好书包。(Qǐng náhǎo shūbāo.) — Please hold your schoolbag properly.
他买了新书包。(Tā mǎile xīn shūbāo.) — He bought a new schoolbag.
书包在椅子上。(Shūbāo zài yǐzi shàng.) — The schoolbag is on the chair.
3708HSK 1听写tīngxiě dictation
我们要听写。(Wǒmen yào tīngxiě.) — We're having dictation.
听写很难。(Tīngxiě hěn nán.) — Dictation is hard.
老师在听写生字。(Lǎoshī zài tīngxiě shēngzì.) — The teacher is dictating new words.
请准备好听写。(Qǐng zhǔnbèi hǎo tīngxiě.) — Please get ready for dictation.
我听写得不错。(Wǒ tīngxiě de búcuò.) — I did well on the dictation.
明天有听写。(Míngtiān yǒu tīngxiě.) — There's dictation tomorrow.
3709HSK 1外语wàiyǔ foreign language
我学外语。(Wǒ xué wàiyǔ.) — I study a foreign language.
他会说外语。(Tā huì shuō wàiyǔ.) — He can speak a foreign language.
学外语很有用。(Xué wàiyǔ hěn yǒuyòng.) — Learning a foreign language is useful.
她的外语很好。(Tā de wàiyǔ hěn hǎo.) — Her foreign language skills are good.
我们学校教外语。(Wǒmen xuéxiào jiāo wàiyǔ.) — Our school teaches foreign languages.
学习外语很难吗?(Xuéxí wàiyǔ hěn nán ma?) — Is learning a foreign language hard?
3710HSK 1下课xiàkè to finish class
下课了。(Xiàkè le.) — Class is over.
我们几点下课?(Wǒmen jǐ diǎn xiàkè?) — What time does class end?
下课后我们去玩。(Xiàkè hòu wǒmen qù wán.) — We go play after class.
老师说下课了。(Lǎoshī shuō xiàkè le.) — The teacher said class is over.
下课铃响了。(Xiàkè líng xiǎng le.) — The end-of-class bell rang.
我们十点下课。(Wǒmen shí diǎn xiàkè.) — We finish class at ten.
3711HSK 1小学xiǎoxué elementary school
我在小学读书。(Wǒ zài xiǎoxué dúshū.) — I study at elementary school.
小学在这边。(Xiǎoxué zài zhèbiān.) — The elementary school is this way.
他上小学了。(Tā shàng xiǎoxué le.) — He's started elementary school.
这是一所小学。(Zhè shì yì suǒ xiǎoxué.) — This is an elementary school.
小学生很可爱。(Xiǎoxuéshēng hěn kě'ài.) — Elementary students are cute.
我小学的时候住在这里。(Wǒ xiǎoxué de shíhou zhù zài zhèlǐ.) — I lived here when I was in elementary school.
3712HSK 1小学生xiǎoxuéshēng elementary school student
他是小学生。(Tā shì xiǎoxuéshēng.) — He is an elementary school student.
小学生们在操场玩。(Xiǎoxuéshēngmen zài cāochǎng wán.) — The elementary students are playing on the playground.
我妹妹是小学生。(Wǒ mèimei shì xiǎoxuéshēng.) — My sister is an elementary student.
小学生要早点睡觉。(Xiǎoxuéshēng yào zǎodiǎn shuìjiào.) — Elementary students should sleep early.
这个小学生很聪明。(Zhège xiǎoxuéshēng hěn cōngmíng.) — This elementary student is smart.
小学生放学了。(Xiǎoxuéshēng fàngxué le.) — The elementary students are out of school.
3713HSK 1学院xuéyuàn college; institute
他在学院学习。(Tā zài xuéyuàn xuéxí.) — He studies at the college.
这是一所学院。(Zhè shì yì suǒ xuéyuàn.) — This is a college.
学院很大。(Xuéyuàn hěn dà.) — The college is big.
我在艺术学院。(Wǒ zài yìshù xuéyuàn.) — I'm at the art college.
学院里有很多学生。(Xuéyuàn lǐ yǒu hěnduō xuésheng.) — There are many students at the college.
她考上了这所学院。(Tā kǎoshàngle zhè suǒ xuéyuàn.) — She got into this college.
3714HSK 1page
请看第五页。(Qǐng kàn dì wǔ yè.) — Please look at page five.
这本书有一百页。(Zhè běn shū yǒu yìbǎi yè.) — This book has 100 pages.
请翻到下一页。(Qǐng fāndào xià yí yè.) — Please turn to the next page.
我看了十页。(Wǒ kànle shí yè.) — I read ten pages.
这页有一个字错了。(Zhè yè yǒu yí gè zì cuò le.) — There's a wrong character on this page.
请打开课本第三页。(Qǐng dǎkāi kèběn dì sān yè.) — Please open the textbook to page three.
3715HSK 1中文Zhōngwén Chinese (language)
我学中文。(Wǒ xué Zhōngwén.) — I study Chinese.
他的中文很好。(Tā de Zhōngwén hěn hǎo.) — His Chinese is good.
请说中文。(Qǐng shuō Zhōngwén.) — Please speak Chinese.
中文不难。(Zhōngwén bù nán.) — Chinese isn't hard.
我们上中文课。(Wǒmen shàng Zhōngwén kè.) — We have Chinese class.
她会写中文。(Tā huì xiě Zhōngwén.) — She can write Chinese.
3716HSK 1中学zhōngxué middle/high school
我在中学读书。(Wǒ zài zhōngxué dúshū.) — I study at middle school.
他上中学了。(Tā shàng zhōngxué le.) — He's started middle school.
这是一所中学。(Zhè shì yì suǒ zhōngxué.) — This is a middle school.
中学生要努力学习。(Zhōngxuéshēng yào nǔlì xuéxí.) — Middle school students need to study hard.
我中学的时候喜欢体育。(Wǒ zhōngxué de shíhou xǐhuan tǐyù.) — I liked sports when I was in middle school.
中学离我家很近。(Zhōngxué lí wǒ jiā hěn jìn.) — The middle school is close to my home.
3717HSK 1中学生zhōngxuéshēng middle/high school student
他是中学生。(Tā shì zhōngxuéshēng.) — He is a middle school student.
中学生很忙。(Zhōngxuéshēng hěn máng.) — Middle school students are busy.
我弟弟是中学生。(Wǒ dìdi shì zhōngxuéshēng.) — My brother is a middle school student.
中学生要考试。(Zhōngxuéshēng yào kǎoshì.) — Middle school students have exams.
这个中学生很努力。(Zhège zhōngxuéshēng hěn nǔlì.) — This middle school student works hard.
中学生放学晚。(Zhōngxuéshēng fàngxué wǎn.) — Middle school students finish school late.
3718HSK 1character; word
这个字很难。(Zhège zì hěn nán.) — This character is difficult.
请写这个字。(Qǐng xiě zhège zì.) — Please write this character.
我认识这个字。(Wǒ rènshi zhège zì.) — I know this character.
他写字很好看。(Tā xiězì hěn hǎokàn.) — His handwriting looks nice.
这本书有很多字。(Zhè běn shū yǒu hěnduō zì.) — This book has many characters.
请大声读这个字。(Qǐng dàshēng dú zhège zì.) — Please read this character loudly.

18. Colors (颜色 - yánsè)

✏️ Usage: Color + 色 + Noun

💡 Grammar Tip: Naming Colors

Color + 色 (sè): Most basic colors can drop the 色 (sè) suffix in casual speech (e.g. 红 (hóng) or 红色 (hóngsè) both mean "red"), but 色 (sè) is required after less common colors and in formal writing. Use colors directly before a noun as an adjective: 红苹果 (hóng píngguǒ) (red apple).

No. Level Listen Chinese Pinyin English Example Examples

19. Weather & Seasons (天气, 季节 - tiānqì, jìjié)

✏️ Usage: 下 + 雨 / 雪

💡 Grammar Tip: Describing Weather

Weather patterns: Chinese often pairs a noun with a weather state, e.g. 下雨 (xiàyǔ) (lit. "fall rain," to rain) and 下雪 (xiàxuě) (to snow) — weather verbs like 下 (xià) come first, the noun after. Temperature is expressed with 度 (dù): 今天二十度 (jīntiān èrshí dù) ("It's 20 degrees today").

No. Level Listen Chinese Pinyin English Example Examples

20. Sports & Body (体育, 身体 - tǐyù, shēntǐ)

✏️ Usage: 打 / 踢 + Sport

💡 Grammar Tip: Sports and Body Parts

Playing sports: Ball sports typically use 打 (dǎ) for sports played with the hands (打篮球 (dǎ lánqiú) basketball) and 踢 (tī) for sports played with the feet (踢足球 (tī zúqiú) soccer). Body parts commonly pair with 疼 (téng) to describe pain: 头疼 (tóuténg) ("headache," lit. "head hurts").

No. Level Listen Chinese Pinyin English Example Examples

21. Work & Business (工作, 商务 - gōngzuò, shāngwù)

✏️ Usage: 当 + Job Title

💡 Grammar Tip: Talking About Jobs & Workplaces

Job titles: Many workplace titles are formed with a role + 长 (zhǎng, "head/chief"): 市长 (shìzhǎng) (mayor), 院长 (yuànzhǎng) (dean), 组长 (zǔzhǎng) (group leader). 当 (dāng) means "to work as/serve as" a role: 当经理 (dāng jīnglǐ) ("to work as a manager").

No. Level Listen Chinese Pinyin English Example Examples

22. Business & Economy (商业, 经济 - shāngyè, jīngjì)

✏️ Usage: Noun + 经济

💡 Grammar Tip: Talking About Business & Money

发展 vs 发达: 发展 (fāzhǎn) is the verb/noun "to develop / development," while 发达 (fādá) is an adjective meaning "developed" (e.g. 发达国家 (fādá guójiā) - developed country). Compound economy terms frequently combine with 经济 (jīngjì): 市场经济 (shìchǎng jīngjì) (market economy), 经济发展 (jīngjì fāzhǎn) (economic development).

No. Level Listen Chinese Pinyin English Example Examples

23. Emotions & Character (情感, 性格 - qínggǎn, xìnggé)

✏️ Usage: 感到 / 觉得 + Emotion

💡 Grammar Tip: Expressing Feelings & Personality

感到/觉得 + emotion: Use 感到 (gǎndào) or 觉得 (juéde) before an emotion word to say how you feel: 感到紧张 (gǎndào jǐnzhāng) ("to feel nervous"). Character traits often pair with 性格 (xìnggé): 性格开朗 (xìnggé kāilǎng) ("outgoing personality").

No. Level Listen Chinese Pinyin English Example Examples

24. Society, Culture & Media (社会, 文化, 媒体 - shèhuì, wénhuà, méitǐ)

✏️ Usage: Noun + 台 / 会

💡 Grammar Tip: Discussing Culture & the Media

Media compounds: Many media nouns share the pattern [thing] + 台 (tái, "station") or [medium] + 会 (huì, "event"): 电视台 (diànshìtái) (TV station), 演唱会 (yǎnchànghuì) (concert). 文化 vs 文明: 文化 (wénhuà) = culture (customs, arts); 文明 (wénmíng) = civilization / civilized.

No. Level Listen Chinese Pinyin English Example Examples

25. Nature & Environment (自然, 环境 - zìrán, huánjìng)

✏️ Usage: 环境 / 环保 + Noun

💡 Grammar Tip: Nature, Science & the Environment

环境 vs 环保: 环境 (huánjìng) is the neutral noun "environment," while 环保 (huánbǎo) (short for 环境保护 (huánjìng bǎohù)) specifically means "environmental protection" and is often used as an adjective: 环保产品 (huánbǎo chǎnpǐn) ("eco-friendly product").

No. Level Listen Chinese Pinyin English Example Examples

26. Health & Medicine (健康, 医疗 - jiànkāng, yīliáo)

✏️ Usage: 治 / 治疗 + Illness

💡 Grammar Tip: Talking About Health Care

治 vs 治疗: 治 (zhì) is the bare verb "to cure/govern," while 治疗 (zhìliáo) is the fuller, more formal verb/noun "to treat (medically) / treatment." Body & medicine compounds often combine a body part or ailment with 科 (kē) (department): 内科 (nèikē) (internal medicine department).

No. Level Listen Chinese Pinyin English Example Examples

27. Politics, Law & Government (政治, 法律, 政府 - zhèngzhì, fǎlǜ, zhèngfǔ)

✏️ Usage: 法 + Noun

💡 Grammar Tip: Discussing Government & Society

Formal register: This vocabulary set is common in news broadcasts, official documents, and essays rather than everyday conversation. 法 as a building block: 法 (fǎ, "law") combines widely: 法律 (fǎlǜ) (law), 法官 (fǎguān) (judge), 法院 (fǎyuàn) (court).

No. Level Listen Chinese Pinyin English Example Examples